Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command
Reference
Release 1.1
January 2002
Corporate Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 526-4100
Customer Order Number: DOC-7813541=
Text Part Number: 78-13541-01 Rev C0
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT
NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE
PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR
APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION
PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO
LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of
UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED
“AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
AccessPath, AtmDirector, Browse with Me, CCIP, CCSI, CD-PAC, CiscoLink, the Cisco Powered Network logo, Cisco Systems Networking Academy,
the Cisco Systems Networking Academy logo, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, FrameShare, GigaStack, IGX, Internet Quotient, IP/VC, iQ
Breakthrough, iQ Expertise, iQ FastTrack, the iQ Logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, MGX, the Networkers logo, Packet, RateMUX, ScriptBuilder,
ScriptShare, SlideCast, SMARTnet, TransPath, Unity, Voice LAN, Wavelength Router, and WebViewer are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing
the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Discover All That’s Possible, and Empowering the Internet Generation, are service marks of Cisco Systems,
Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, the Cisco
IOS logo, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, FastHub,
FastSwitch, IOS, IP/TV, LightStream, MICA, Network Registrar, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, Registrar, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe,
TeleRouter, and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a
partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0108R)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Copyright © 2002, Cisco Systems, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Cisco Reader Comment Card
General Information
1
Years of networking experience:
2
I have these network types:
Other:
LAN
Backbone
3
I have these Cisco products:
Other (specify models):
Switches
Routers
4
I perform these types of tasks:
Network management
H/W installation and/or maintenance
Other:
S/W configuration
5
I use these types of documentation:
Command reference
Other:
H/W installation
Quick reference
S/W configuration
Online help
6
I access this information through:
% Printed docs
7
I prefer this access method:
8
I use the following three product features the most:
Years of experience with Cisco products:
WAN
H/W configuration
Release notes
% Cisco.com (CCO)
% Other:
% CD-ROM
Document Information
Document Title: Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Part Number: 78-13541-01
S/W Release (if applicable): Release 1.1
On a scale of 1–5 (5 being the best), please let us know how we rate in the following areas:
The document is written at my technical
level of understanding.
The information is accurate.
The document is complete.
The information I wanted was easy to find.
The information is well organized.
The information I found was useful to my job.
Please comment on our lowest scores:
Mailing Information
Company Name
Contact Name
Date
Job Title
Mailing Address
City
State/Province
ZIP/Postal Code
Country
Phone (
Extension
Fax (
)
)
E-mail
Can we contact you further concerning our documentation?
Yes
No
You can also send us your comments by e-mail to [email protected], or by fax to 408-527-8089.
FIRST-CLASS MAIL
PERMIT NO. 4631
SAN JOSE CA
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
ATTN DOCUMENT RESOURCE CONNECTION
CISCO SYSTEMS INC
170 WEST TASMAN DRIVE
SAN JOSE CA 95134-9883
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
C O N T E N T S
About This Manual
Objectives
Audience
vii
vii
vii
Organization
viii
Related Documentation viii
Cisco WAN Manager Release 10.5 Documentation viii
Cisco MGX 8850 Release 2.1 Documentation ix
Cisco MGX 8950 Release 2.1 Documentation x
SES PNNI Release 1.1 Documentation x
Cisco WAN Switching Software, Release 9.3 Documentation xi
MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch, Release 1.1.40 Documentation xi
MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator, Release 1.1.40 Documentation xii
MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway, Release 1.1.40 Documentation xiii
Conventions
xiv
Obtaining Documentation xiv
World Wide Web xiv
Documentation CD-ROM xv
Ordering Documentation xv
Documentation Feedback xv
Obtaining Technical Assistance xv
Cisco.com xvi
Technical Assistance Center xvi
Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website
Contacting TAC by Telephone xvi
CHA PTER
1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
xvi
1-1
Conventions 1-1
Command Syntax 1-1
Port Identifier 1-2
Access Level 1-2
Command Summaries 1-2
SVC Command Suite 1-3
SPVC Command Suite 1-5
PNNI Command Suite 1-7
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
iii
Contents
CHA PTER
2
Shelf Operations Commands
Command Summaries
2-1
2-1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
iv
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
T A B L E S
Table 1
Cisco WAN Manager Release 10.5 Documentation
Table 2
WAN CiscoView Release 10 Documentation
Table 3
Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Release 2.1 Documentation
ix
Table 4
Cisco MGX 8950 Switch Release 2.1 Documentation
x
Table 5
SES PNNI Controller Release 1.1 Documentation
Table 6
Cisco WAN Switching Release 9.3 Documentation
Table 7
MGX 8850 Multiservice Gateway Documentation
xii
Table 8
MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Documentation
xii
Table 9
MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Documentation
xiii
Table 1-1
SVC Commands Summary
1-3
Table 1-2
SPVC Command Summary
1-5
Table 1-3
PNNI Commands Summary
viii
ix
x
xi
1-7
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
v
Tables
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
vi
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
About This Manual
Welcome to the command reference for the BPX Service Expansion Shelf (SES) PNNI controller. The
SES controller is a virtual switch interface (VSI) controller that provides a BPX 8600 series wide-area
switch with the capability to create switched virtual circuits (SVCs) by using the UNI and PNNI
protocols, and soft permanent virtual circuits by using the PNNI protocol. Each BPX 8600 series node
that will be originating, transporting, or terminating SVC and SPVC connections must be collocated and
directly connected to an SES PNNI node to deploy PNNI functionality. The combined BPX 8600 and
SES controller are referred to as a SES PNNI node in this manual.
This preface contains the following sections:
•
Objectives
•
Audience
•
Organization
•
Related Documentation
•
Conventions
•
Obtaining Documentation
•
Obtaining Technical Assistance
Objectives
This publication describes the commands used to configure the SES controller.
Audience
This publication is designed for the network operator responsible for configuring the SES controller(s)
in a BPX 8600 network, and for provisioning PNNI services. Both the installer and network operator
should be familiar with Cisco WAN switching networks, BPX 8600 series wide area switches, and the
Cisco WAN Manager (CWM)—formerly known as StrataView Plus—and
CiscoView network management systems.
Warning
Installation of the equipment should be performed by trained service personnel.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
vii
About This Manual
Organization
Organization
This document contains the following chapters and appendices:
Chapter 1, “SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands,” provides an overview of the SES controller, the SES
PNNI node, and ATM and SVCs.
Chapter 2, “Shelf Operations Commands,” provides procedures for setting general switch features on an
SES node.
Related Documentation
The following Cisco publications contain additional information related to the operation of this product
and associated equipment in a Cisco WAN switching network.
Cisco WAN Manager Release 10.5 Documentation
The product documentation for the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) network management system for
Release 10.5 is listed in Table 1.
Table 1
Cisco WAN Manager Release 10.5 Documentation
Title
Description
Cisco WAN Manager Installation Guide for Solaris, Provides procedures for installing Release 10 of the CWM network
Release 10.5
management system and Release 5.3 of CiscoView.
DOC-7812948=
Cisco WAN Manager User’s Guide, Release 10.5
DOC-7812945=
Cisco WAN Manager SNMP Service Agent,
Release 10.5
DOC-7812947=
Cisco WAN Manager Database Interface Guide,
Release 10.5
Describes how to use the CWM Release 10 software which consists of
user applications and tools for network management, connection
management, network configuration, statistics collection, and security
management.
Provides information about the CWM Simple Network Management
Protocol Service Agent, an optional adjunct to CWM used for
managing Cisco WAN switches using SNMP.
Provides information about accessing the CWM Informix OnLine
database that is used to store information about the network elements.
DOC-7812944=
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
viii
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
About This Manual
Related Documentation
Table 2
WAN CiscoView Release 10 Documentation
Title
Description
WAN CiscoView Release 3 for the MGX 8850 Edge Switch, Provides instructions for using this network management
Release 1
software application that allows you to perform minor
configuration and troubleshooting tasks.
DOC-7811242=
WAN CiscoView Release 3 for the MGX 8250 Edge
Concentrator, Release 1
DOC-7811241=
Provides instructions for using this network management
software application that allows you to perform minor
configuration and troubleshooting tasks.
WAN CiscoView Release 3 for the MGX 8230 Multiservice Provides instructions for using this network management
Gateway, Release 1
software application that allows you to perform minor
configuration and troubleshooting tasks.
DOC-7810926=
Cisco MGX 8850 Release 2.1 Documentation
The product documentation for the installation and operation of the MGX 8850 Release 2.1 switch is
listed in Table 3.
Table 3
Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Release 2.1 Documentation
Title
Description
Cisco MGX 8850 Routing Switch Hardware Installation
Guide, Release 2.1
Describes how to install the MGX 8850 routing switch. It
explains what the switch does, and covers site preparation,
grounding, safety, card installation, and cabling.
DOC-7812561=
Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Command Reference, Release 2.1 Describes how to use the commands that are available in the
CLI 1of the MGX 8850 switch.
DOC-7812563=
Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Software Configuration Guide,
Release 2.1
DOC-7812551=
Cisco MGX 8850 SNMP Reference, Release 2.1
DOC-7812562=
Cisco MGX and SES PNNI Network Planning Guide
DOC-7813543=
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and
Configuration Guide, Release 2.1
DOC-7812510=
Describes how to configure MGX 8850 switches to operate as
ATM edge and core switches. This guide also provides some
operation and maintenance procedures.
Provides information on all supported MIB 2objects, support
restrictions, traps, and alarms for the AXSM, PXM45, and RPM.
PNNI is also supported.
Provides guidelines for planning a PNNI network that uses MGX
8850 switches and BPX 8600 switches. When connected to a
PNNI network, each BPX 8600 series switch requires a Service
Expansion Shelf (SES) for PNNI route processing.
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor
Module (RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850 Release 2.1 switch. Also
provides site preparation, troubleshooting, maintenance, cable
and connector specifications, and basic IOS configuration
information.
1. CLI = command line interface
2. MIB = Management Information Base
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
ix
About This Manual
Related Documentation
SES PNNI Release 1.1 Documentation
The product documentation that contains information for the understanding, the installation, and the
operation of the Service Expansion Shelf (SES) PNNI Controller is listed in Table 4.
Table 4
SES PNNI Controller Release 1.1 Documentation
Title
Description
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Software Configuration
Guide, Release 1.1
Describes how to configure, operate, and maintain the SES
PNNI Controller.
DOC-7813539=
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Software Command
Reference, Release 1.1
Provides a description of the commands used to configure and
operate the SES PNNI Controller.
DOC-7813541=
Cisco MGX and SES PNNI Network Planning Guide
DOC-7813543=
Provides guidelines for planning a PNNI network that uses
MGX 8850 switches and the BPX 8600 switches. When
connected to a PNNI network, each BPX 8600 series switch
requires a SES for PNNI route processing.
Cisco WAN Switching Software, Release 9.3 Documentation
The product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco WAN Switching Software
Release 9.3 is listed in Table 5.
Table 5
Cisco WAN Switching Release 9.3 Documentation
Title
Description
Cisco BPX 8600 Series Installation and Configuration,
Release 9.3.30
Provides a general description and technical details of the
BPX broadband switch.
DOC-7812907=
Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference, Release 9.3.30
DOC-7812906=
Cisco IGX 8400 Series Installation Guide, Release 9.3.30
OL-1165-01 (online only)
Cisco IGX 8400 Series Provisioning Guide, Release 9.3.30
OL-1166-01 (online only)
Cisco IGX 8400 Series Regulatory Compliance and Safety
Information
Provides detailed information on the general command line
interface commands.
Provides hardware installation and basic configuration
information for IGX 8400 Series switches running Switch
Software Release 9.3.30 or earlier.
Provides information for configuration and provisioning of
selected services for the IGX 8400 Series switches running
Switch Software Release 9.3.30 or earlier.
Provides regulatory compliance, product warnings, and
safety recommendations for the IGX 8400 Series switch.
DOC-7813227=
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
x
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
About This Manual
Related Documentation
MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch, Release 1.1.40 Documentation
The product documentation that contains information for the installation and operation of the MGX 8850
Multiservice Switch is listed in Table 6.
Table 6
MGX 8850 Multiservice Gateway Documentation
Title
Description
Cisco MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch Installation and
Configuration, Release 1.1.3
Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8850 multiservice
switch.
DOC-7811223=
Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch Command Reference,
Release 1.1.3.
Provides detailed information on the general command line for
the MGX 8850 switch.
DOC-7811210=
Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch System Error Messages,
Release 1.1.3
Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.
DOC-7811240=
Cisco MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch Overview,
Release 1.1.3
OL-1154-01 (online only)
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and
Configuration Guide, Release 1.1
DOC-7812278=
1.1.40 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN
MGX 8850, MGX 8230, and MGX 8250 Switches
Provides a technical description of the system components and
functionary of the MGX 8850 multiservice switch from a
technical perspective.
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor
Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850, MGX 8250,
and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides site preparation,
troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector
specifications, and basic IOS configuration information.
Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as
well as known and resolved anomalies.
DOC-7813594=
MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator, Release 1.1.40 Documentation
The documentation that contains information for the installation and operation of the MGX 8250 Edge
Concentrator is listed in Table 7.
Table 7
MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Documentation
Title
Description
Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Installation and
Configuration, Release 1.1.3
Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8250 Edge
Concentrator.
DOC-7811217=
Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Command
Reference, Release 1.1.3
Provides detailed information on the general command line
interface commands.
DOC-7811212=
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
xi
About This Manual
Related Documentation
Table 7
MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Documentation (continued)
Title
Description
Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Error Messages,
Release 1.1.3
Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.
DOC-7811216=
Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Overview,
Release 1.1.3
Describes the system components and functionality of the
MGX 8250 edge concentrator from a technical perspective.
DOC-7811576=
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and
Configuration Guide, Release 1.1
DOC-7812278=
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route
Processor Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850,
MGX 8250, and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides
site preparation, troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and
connector specifications, and basic IOS configuration
information.
1.1.40 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN
MGX 8850, MGX 8230, and MGX 8250 Switches
Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information,
as well as known and resolved anomalies.
DOC-7813594=
MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway, Release 1.1.40 Documentation
The documentation that contains information for the installation and operation of the MGX 8230 Edge
Concentrator is listed in Table 8.
Table 8
MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Documentation
Title
Description
Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Installation and
Configuration, Release 1.1.3
Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8230 Edge
Concentrator.
DOC-7811215=
Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Command
Reference, Release 1.1.3
Provides detailed information on the general command line
interface commands.
DOC-7811211=
Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Error Messages,
Release 1.1.3
Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.
DOC-78112113=
Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Overview,
Release 1.1.3
DOC-7812899=
Provides a technical description of the system components and
functionary of the MGX 8250 edge concentrator from a
technical perspective.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
xii
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
About This Manual
Conventions
Table 8
MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Documentation (continued)
Title
Description
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and
Configuration Guide, Release 1.1
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route
Processor Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850,
MGX 8250, and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides site
preparation, troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector
specifications, and basic IOS configuration information.
DOC-7812278=
1.1.40 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN
MGX 8850, MGX 8230, and MGX 8250 Switches
Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information,
as well as known and resolved anomalies.
DOC-7813594=
Conventions
The Cisco SES PNNI Controller Software Command Reference uses the following conventions to
convey instructions and information.
Command descriptions use these conventions:
•
Commands and keywords are in boldface.
•
Arguments for which you supply values are in italic font.
•
Elements in square brackets ([ ]) are optional.
•
Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ({ }) and are separated by vertical bars (|).
•
Terminal sessions and information the system displays are in screen font.
•
Information you enter is in boldface screen font.
•
Nonprinting characters, such as passwords, are in angle brackets (< >).
•
Default responses to system prompts are in square brackets ([ ]).
Notes, cautions, warnings, and tips use the following conventions and symbols:
Note
Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in
this manual.
Caution
Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment
damage or loss of data.
Warning
Means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any
equipment, you must be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and familiar with
standard practices for preventing accidents. To see translated versions of the warning, refer to the
Regulatory Compliance and Safety document that accompanied the device.
Tip
Means the following information will help you solve a problem.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
xiii
About This Manual
Obtaining Documentation
Obtaining Documentation
The following sections provide sources for obtaining documentation from Cisco Systems.
World Wide Web
You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at the following sites:
•
http://www.cisco.com
•
http://www-china.cisco.com
•
http://www-europe.cisco.com
Documentation CD-ROM
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships
with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated monthly and may be more current than
printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit or as an annual subscription.
Ordering Documentation
Cisco documentation is available in the following ways:
•
Registered Cisco Direct Customers can order Cisco Product documentation from the Networking
Products MarketPlace:
http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/order/order_root.pl
•
Registered Cisco.com users can order the Documentation CD-ROM through the online Subscription
Store:
http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription
•
Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by
calling Cisco corporate headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-7208 or, in North America, by
calling 800 553-NETS(6387).
Documentation Feedback
If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit technical
comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar and select Documentation. After you complete
the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco.
You can e-mail your comments to [email protected].
To submit your comments by mail, for your convenience many documents contain a response card
behind the front cover. Otherwise, you can mail your comments to the following address:
Cisco Systems, Inc.
Document Resource Connection
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
xiv
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
About This Manual
Obtaining Technical Assistance
We appreciate your comments.
Obtaining Technical Assistance
Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can
obtain documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from online tools. For Cisco.com
registered users, additional troubleshooting tools are available from the TAC website.
Cisco.com
Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open
access to Cisco information and resources at anytime, from anywhere in the world. This highly
integrated Internet application is a powerful, easy-to-use tool for doing business with Cisco.
Cisco.com provides a broad range of features and services to help customers and partners streamline
business processes and improve productivity. Through Cisco.com, you can find information about Cisco
and our networking solutions, services, and programs. In addition, you can resolve technical issues with
online technical support, download and test software packages, and order Cisco learning materials and
merchandise. Valuable online skill assessment, training, and certification programs are also available.
Customers and partners can self-register on Cisco.com to obtain additional personalized information and
services. Registered users can order products, check on the status of an order, access technical support,
and view benefits specific to their relationships with Cisco.
To access Cisco.com, go to the following website:
http://www.cisco.com
Technical Assistance Center
The Cisco TAC website is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product
or technology that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract.
Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website
If you have a priority level 3 (P3) or priority level 4 (P4) problem, contact TAC by going to the TAC
website:
http://www.cisco.com/tac
P3 and P4 level problems are defined as follows:
•
P3—Your network performance is degraded. Network functionality is noticeably impaired, but most
business operations continue.
•
P4—You need information or assistance on Cisco product capabilities, product installation, or basic
product configuration.
In each of the above cases, use the Cisco TAC website to quickly find answers to your questions.
To register for Cisco.com, go to the following website:
http://www.cisco.com/register/
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
xv
About This Manual
Obtaining Technical Assistance
If you cannot resolve your technical issue by using the TAC online resources, Cisco.com registered users
can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at the following website:
http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen
Contacting TAC by Telephone
If you have a priority level 1(P1) or priority level 2 (P2) problem, contact TAC by telephone and
immediately open a case. To obtain a directory of toll-free numbers for your country, go to the following
website:
http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml
P1 and P2 level problems are defined as follows:
•
P1—Your production network is down, causing a critical impact to business operations if service is
not restored quickly. No workaround is available.
•
P2—Your production network is severely degraded, affecting significant aspects of your business
operations. No workaround is available.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
xvi
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
C H A P T E R
1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
This chapter describes the SES controller commands that are specific to ATM SVCs, SPVCs, and PNNI
routing and signaling, in the following sections
•
Conventions
•
Command Summaries
•
SVC Commands
•
SPVC Commands
•
PNNI Commands
Conventions
The following conventions are used to describe commands in this chapter:
•
Vertical bars (|) separate alternative, mutually exclusive elements.
•
Commands and keywords are in boldface.
•
Arguments for which you supply values are in italic font.
•
Elements in square brackets ([ ]) are optional.
•
Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ({ }) and are separated by vertical bars (|).
•
Terminal sessions and information the system displays are in screen font.
•
Information you enter is in boldface screen font.
•
Nonprinting characters, such as passwords, are in angle brackets (< >).
•
Default responses to system prompts are in square brackets ([ ]).
Command Syntax
The SES PNNI controller command syntax complies with the syntax defined by the MGX 8800. The
syntax supported is as follows:
Command :== CMD_STRARG | CMD_VWARG | CMD_CALLXSTURCT | CMD_CALLXPSTRUCT
CMD_STRARG :== command-name <value1> <value2> ... <valueN>
CMD_VWARG :== command-name <value1> <value2> ... <valueN>
CMD_CALLXSTRUCT :== command-name <value1> <value2> ... [<valueN>]
CMD_CALLXPSTRUCT :== command-name <value1> <value2> ... [<valueM>]
-key1 <value1> [-key2 <value2>] ... [-keyN <valueN>]
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-1
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
Command Summaries
Description:
1) CMD_STRARG is the command in which all arguments are passed as char
strings.
2) CMD_VWARG is for calling VxWorks style routine.
3) In CMD_CALLXSTRUCT, the sequence of parameters are fixed, i.e.
position dependent.
4) In CMD_CALLXPSTRUCT, it contains a list of fixed parameters that are
position dependent and a list of keyword parameters that are
position independent.
Port Identifier
The following format is used in the CLI to identify ports:
[shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport]
This is a generic port identifier, which is independent of specific platform. The interpretation of the
identifier depends on the platform. For instance, the optional subslot field is used to identify the back
card for AXSM, and the same field is not used for the BXM cards. The optional subport is used to
identify a VP tunneling interface in both of the cards aforementioned.
In this chapter, <portid> stands for the string “[shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].”
Any reference to the PNNI port or <portid> refers to the PNNI partition on the switch and not the
Physical port itself. Any operation on <portid> affects only the PNNI partition associated with it on the
switch.
Access Level
The following access levels are shown in descending order:
CISCO_GP (engineering debug)
SERVICE_GP (strategic partner)
SUPER_GP (network manager)
GROUP1 (highest technician level)
GROUP2
GROUP3
GROUP4
GROUP5 (lowest technician level)
ANYUSER (anyuser)
NOUSER_GP
Command Summaries
This chapter contains configuration and display commands for the following categories:
•
SVC Command Suite
•
SPVC Command Suite
•
PNNI Command Suite
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-2
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
Command Summaries
SVC Command Suite
The SVC commands consist of the suite shown in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1
SVC Commands Summary
Command
Usage
Access
Level
Standby
Rebuild
SNMP
Support
Port Management Commands
addpnport
Add a UNI or NNI port.
group2
no
no
yes
cnfcdvtdft
Change the default CDVT for a port.
superuser
no
no
yes
cnfconsegep
Configure a connection as a segment endpoint.
superuser
no
no
no
cnfmbsdft
Change the default MBS for a port.
superuser
no
no
yes
cnfoamsegep
Configure a port as a segment endpoint.
superuser
no
no
no
cnfpnportcac
Configure CAC policy parameters for a port.
superuser
no
no
yes
cnfpnportcc
Configure call control parameters for a port.
superuser
no
no
yes
cnfpnportrange
Configure ATM VPI/VCI range for a port.
superuser
no
no
yes
cnfpnportsig
Configure ATM signaling parameters for a port.
group2
no
no
yes
delconsegep
Remove a segment endpoint on a connection.
superuser
no
no
no
delpnport
Delete a port.
group2
no
no
yes
dnpnport
Take a port out of service.
group2
no
no
yes
dspcdvtdft
Display the default CDVT set for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dspmbsdft
Display the default MBS set for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dspoamsegep
Display segment endpoint for F4 and F5 OAM flow
on a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dsppnport
Display ATM information for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppnportcac
Display CAC policy parameters for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppnportcc
Display call control parameters for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppnportrange
Display ATM VPI/VCI range for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppnportrsrc
Display available bandwidth and channels on a port. anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppnports
Display status information for all ports.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppnportsig
Display ATM signaling parameters for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
tstpndelay
Initiate a loopback test for round trip delay on a
connection.
superuser
no
no
no
uppnport
Bring a port in service.
group2
no
no
yes
addfltset
Add an ATM address filter set.
group2
no
no
no
addprfx
Add an ILMI address prefix for a port.
group2
no
no
yes
cnfaddrreg
Configure ILMI address registration options for a
port.
superuser
no
no
yes
cnfautocnf
Enable/disable ILMI auto configuration for a port.
superuser
no
no
yes
ILMI Commands
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-3
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
Command Summaries
Table 1-1
SVC Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Usage
Access
Level
Standby
Rebuild
SNMP
Support
cnfilmiproto
Configure the ILMI protocol.
superuser
no
no
no
delprfx
Delete an ILMI address prefix for a port.
group2
no
no
yes
dspilmiaddr
Display address prefixes for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dsppnilmi
Display ILMI information for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dspprfx
Display all ILMI address prefix configured for a port. anyuser
yes
yes
yes
addaddr
Add an ATM address for a port.
group2
no
no
yes
addserialif
Add a serial interface to the port.
group2
no
no
yes
clrconstats
Clear existing call statistics for one logical port or all superuser
logical ports.
no
no
no
clrpncon
Release a specified call.
superuser
no
no
no
clrpnconstats
Clear call statistics.
group5
no
no
yes
cnfe164 justify
Configure E.164 address conversion justification.
superuser
no
no
no
cnffltset
Modify an ATM address filter set.
group2
no
no
no
cnfpnportacc
Configure an address access filter group for a port.
group2
no
no
no
cnfpnportloscallrel
Configure a port to release SVC or SPVC after a
physical LOS.
superuser
yes
yes
no
conntrace
Trace an active connection.
superuser
no
no
no
deladdr
Delete an ATM address for a port.
group2
no
no
yes
delfltset
Delete an ATM address filter set.
group2
no
no
no
delpnportacc
Delete an address access filter group for a port.
group2
no
no
no
dspaddr
Display ATM addresses for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dspatmaddr
Display all ATM addresses (both configured and
registered) for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspfltset
Display ATM address filter set(s).
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dsppncon
Display information for a specific call.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppncons
Display active calls information.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppnconstats
Display call statistics for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dsppnctlvc
Display configuration of the control VC parameters. anyuser
yes
no
yes
Call Control Commands
dsppnportloscallrel Display call release on a physical LOS setup on a
port.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspsvcparm
Display SVC nodal parameters.
anyuser
yes
yes
partial
pathtraceie
Set options in pathtrace. For example,
removeIE/insertIE for the port.
superuser
no
no
no
pathtracenode
Enable/disable pathtrace on node.
superuser
no
no
no
pathtraceport
Enable/disable pathtrace on port.
superuser
no
no
no
Signaling Commands
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-4
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
Command Summaries
Table 1-1
SVC Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Usage
Access
Level
Standby
Rebuild
SNMP
Support
clrsscopstats
Clear SSCOP statistics.
group5
no
no
no
cnfenhiisp
Enable/disable enhanced IISP features on a port.
superuser
no
no
yes
cnffdonaal5
Install frame discard on the presence of AAL5 IE or
not.
superuser
no
no
no
cnfsig
Configure signaling timers for a port.
superuser
no
no
no
cnfsscop
Configure SSCOP parameters for a port.
superuser
no
no
no
disablesscop
Enable/disable SSCOP on a port.
superuser
no
no
no
dspenhiisp
Display enhanced IISP setting.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dspsig
Display signaling timers configured for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspsigparm
Display signaling nodal parameters.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspsigstats
Display signaling statistics for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
yes
dspsscop
Display SSCOP details for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspsscopstats
Display SSCOP statistics for a port.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
cnfintfcongth
Configure interface level congestion thresholds.
superuser
no
no
no
cnfnodalcongth
Configure nodal congestion thresholds.
superuser
no
no
no
dspintfcongcntr
Display interface level congestion counters.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspintfcongflags
Display congestion manager flags at the interface
level.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspintfcongth
Display interface congestion thresholds.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspnodalcongcntr
Display nodal level congestion counters.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspnodalcongflags
Display congestion manager flags at nodal level.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
dspnodalcongth
Display nodal congestion thresholds.
anyuser
yes
yes
no
Access
Level
Standby
Rebuild
SNMP
Support
Congestion Commands
SPVC Command Suite
SPVC commands consist of the suite shown in Table 1-2.
Table 1-2
SPVC Command Summary
Command
Usage
Connection Provisioning Commands
addcon
Adds a new SPVC connection endpoint.
group1
no
no
yes
cnfabrtparmdft
Configure default ABR traffic parameters used by a
port to set up ABR SPVCs.
group1
no
no
no
cnfcon
Allows the modification of the connection bandwidth, anyuser
policing and routing parameters.
no
no
yes
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-5
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
Command Summaries
Table 1-2
SPVC Command Summary (continued)
cnfrrtparm
Configure global reroute retry parameters for SPVC.
superuser
no
no
no
cnfspvcprfx
configure the SPVC prefix.
delcon
Deletes a configured connection.
anyuser
no
no
yes
dncon
Downs an up connection. This command will deroute
a routed connection.
group1
no
no
yes
dsppvcif
Display details about the PVC interface for IP
connectivity.
group1
no
no
group1
dspspvcprfx
Displays the SPVC node prefix.
group1
no
no
yes
pvcifconfig
Configure a PVC for IP connectivity between the PXM group1
and a workstation.
no
no
yes
upcon
Ups a down connection. This command will reroute
the connection.
no
no
yes
yes
no
no
yes
group1
Connection Diagnostics Commands
dspabrtparmdft
Display default ABR traffic parameters configured for anyuser
a port used for setting up ABR SPVCs.
Connection Debug Commands
dspcon
Display a summary of soft PVC connections on a
specific port or all ports. This command only applies
to endpoint nodes.
anyuser
yes
no
dspconinfo
Display the total number SPVCs on each PNNI port on anyuser
the node.
yes
no
dspcons
Display a summary of soft PVC connections on a
specific port or all ports. This command only applies
to endpoint nodes.
anyuser
yes
no
yes
dsprrtparm
Display global reroute retry parameters configured for anyuser
SPVC.
yes
no
no
tstconseg
Tests continuity by using OAM segment loopback cells group1
generated toward the user device at the local end of the
connection.
no
no
yes
tstdelay
Verifies the continuity of a connection using inband
OAM loopback cells.
group1
no
no
yes
Route Optimization Commands
cnfrteopt
Enable/disable route optimization on a port.
group1
no
yes
no
cnfrteoptthld
Specifies the percentage reduction in the
administrative weight of the existing path required to
trigger route optimization.
group1
no
yes
no
dsprteoptcnf
Display the route optimization configuration for a
specific port or all ports.
anyuser
yes
no
no
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-6
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
Command Summaries
Table 1-2
SPVC Command Summary (continued)
dsprteoptstat
Display the optimization status for a specific port or all anyuser
ports.
no
no
no
optrte
Kickoff route optimization immediately on an SPVC,
a range of SPVCs, or all SPVCs on a port.
no
no
no
group1
PNNI Command Suite
PNNI commands consist of the suite shown in Table 1-3.
Table 1-3
PNNI Commands Summary
Usage
Access
Level
Standby
SNMP
Support
addpnni-node
Adds a PNNI node.
superuser
no
yes
addpnni-summary-addr
Configure summary address prefix.
superuser
no
yes
cnfpnni-election
Configure PGL election parameters.
superuser
no
yes
cnfpnni-intf
Configure PNNI interface.
superuser
no
yes
cnfpnni-link-selection
Configure PNNI link selection.
superuser
no
no
cnfpnni-mtu
Configure maximum PNNI packet size.
superuser
no
no
cnfpnni-node
Configure PNNI node.
superuser
no
yes
cnfpnni-pkttrace
Traces the PNNI packet on a per level per link basis.
superuser
no
yes
cnfpnni-routing-policy
Configure routing policies.
superuser
no
no
cnfpnni-scope-map
Configure PNNI scope mapping.
superuser
no
no
cnfpnni-svcc-rcc-timer
Configure PNNI SVCC-based RCC variables.
superuser
no
yes
cnfpnni-timer
Configure PNNI timers.
superuser
no
yes
delpnni-node
Delete PNNI node.
superuser
no
yes
delpnni-summary-addr
Configure summary address prefix.
superuser
no
yes
dsppnni-election
Display PNNI PGL election table.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-intf
Display PNNI interface table.
anyuser
yes
yes
dsppnni-link
Display PNNI link table.
anyuser
yes
yes
dsppnni-node-list
Display PNNI logical node network attached to this switch
with the associated information.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-pkttrace
Display the packet trace option for each link. This command anyuser
is executed on the PXM card.
yes
no
dsppnni-summary-addr
Display PNNI summary address prefix.
anyuser
yes
yes
dsppnni-svcc-rcc
Display PNNI SVCC-based RCC table.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-svcc-rcc-timer
Display PNNI SVCC-based RCC timer values.
anyuser
yes
yes
dsppnni-timer
Display PNNI timer values.
anyuser
yes
yes
Command
Node Commands
PNNI Display Commands
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-7
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
Command Summaries
Table 1-3
PNNI Commands Summary (continued)
Standby
SNMP
Support
Display PNNI border node paths calculated by a PGL node cisco
in a given peer group.
yes
no
dsppnni-bypass
Display PNNI bypass table for a LGN using complex node cisco
representation in a given peer group.
yes
no
dsppnni-idb
Display PNNI internal topology database for a specific
logical node.
cisco
yes
no
dsppnni-inducing-uplink
Display PNNI inducing uplink database for a logical node. cisco
yes
no
dsppnni-link-selection
Display link selection on a link.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-mtu
Display maximum PNNI packet size in number of bytes.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-neighbor
Display PNNI neighbor.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-node
Display PNNI nodal table.
anyuser
yes
yes
dsppnni-path
Display PNNI paths.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-ptse
Display PNNI PTSE table.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-reachable-addr
Display PNNI reachable address.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-routing-policy
Display PNNI routing policies.
anyuser
yes
no
dsppnni-scope-map
Display the scope map table.
anyuser
yes
yes
dsppnni-spoke
Display PNNI default spoke for a LGN using complex node cisco
representation in a given peer group.
yes
no
dsppnsysaddr
Display addresses in the System Address Table.
yes
no
Command
Usage
dsppnni-bn-path
Access
Level
anyuser
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-8
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addaddr
addaddr
Add address
Enter the addaddr command to add or delete an ATM address for a UNI or IISP. This command is also
used to configure static routes to reachable addresses.
An ATM address can only be provisioned on a UNI if ILMI address registration is disabled. Provision
an ATM address as follows:
•
On UNI ports, type must be internal and proto must be local.
•
On IISP ports, type must be exterior and proto must be static.
Syntax
addaddr <portid> <atm-address> <length> [-type {int | ext}][-proto {local | static}][-plan {e164
| nsap}][-scope value][-redst {yes | no}]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
atm-address
ATM address or E.164 number, consisting of 1 to 20bytes.
length
Address length, in the range 1 to 160.
type
•
This entry represents the length in bits for an NSAP address.
•
This entry represents the length in digits for an E.164 address.
Type of reachability from the advertising node to the address, as either internal or
exterior.
Default = internal
proto
Routing mechanism which establishes the connectivity from the advertising node to
the reachable address.
Default = local
plan
Address plan, either E.164 or NSAP.
For NSAP address, the first byte of the address automatically implies one of three
NSAP address plans: NSAP E.164, NSAP DCC, or NSAP ICD.
Default = nsap
scope
PNNI scope of advertisement (level of PNNI hierarchy) of the reachability from the
advertising node to the address, in the range 0 to 104.
Default = 0
redst
Indicates if the static address should be distributed.
Default = no
Example
In the following example, the user assigns a 160-bit (20 byte) E.164 address to logical port on line 2 of
the back card of the PXM in slot 1.
spirita.1.PXM.a > addaddr 1:2.1:1 4500731300000010101010101000000000000100 160 –plan e164.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-9
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addcon
addcon
Add a connection
Enter the addcon command to add a new connection endpoint.
Syntax
addcon <portid> <icr> <vpi> <vci> <serviceType> <master_ship> <slave_nsap.vpi.vci>
[-lpcr <local pcr>] [-lmcr <local MCR>] [-lscr <local SCR>] [-icr <ICR>] [-lmbs <local MBS>]
[-cdvt <local CDVT>] [-lcdv <local CDV>] [-lctd <local CTD>] [-rpcr <remote PCR>] [-rmcr
<remote MCR>] [-rscr <remote SCR>] [-rmbs <remote MBS>] [-rcdvt <remote CDVT>] [-rctd
<remote CTD>] [-mc <maximum cost>] [-stats <enable/disable>] [-frame <enable/disable>]
[-int_vsvd <1/2/3>] [-ext_vsvd <1/2/3>]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
icr
ICR range. Can be in the range between MCR and PCR.
vpi
Specify the starting VPI to view active calls starting from the specified VPI of
the specified port. Use this parameter only when the port is specified.
vci
Specify the starting VCI to view active calls starting from the specified VPI/VCI
of the specified port. This parameter is used only if the VPI is specified.
VCI - VCC(32..65535); VPC(VCI = 0)
serviceType
Specifies the service type for the connection. Can be one of the following values:
1 = cbr1
2 = vbr1rt
3 = vbr2rt
4 = vbr3rt
5 = vbr1nrt
6 = vbr2nrt
7 = vbr3nrt
8 = ubr1
9 = ubr2
10 = abrstd
11 = cbr2
12 = cbr3
master_ship
Specifies whether the connection is a master or a slave.
s = slave = 1
m = master = 2
slave_nsap.vpi.vci
Slave ID. The value should look like this: NSAP_address.vpi.vci.
Use this parameter only for setting up a master connection.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-10
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addcon
-lpcr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the PCR required for the
connection in the local -> remote direction. Default = 50 cps.
-lmcr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the MCR required for the
connection in the local -> remote direction. Default = lpcr.
-lscr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the SCR required for the
connection in the local -> remote direction. Default = lpcr.
-icr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the ICR required for the
connection in the local -> remote direction. Default = lpcr.
-lmbs
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the MBS required for the
connection in the local -> remote direction. Default = value from dspmbsdft.
-cdvt
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the CDVT required for the
connection in the local -> remote direction. Default = value from dspcdvtdft.
-lcdv
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the CDV required for the
connection in the local -> remote direction. Default = -1.
-lctd
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the CTD required for the
connection in the local -> remote direction. Default = -1.
-rpcr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the PCR required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = 50 cps.
-rmcr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the MCR required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = rpcr.
-rscr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the SCR required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = rpcr.
-rmbs
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the MBS required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = value from dspmbsdft.
-rcdvt
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the CDV required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = -1.
-rctd
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the CTD required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = -1.
-mc
Maximum cost. This optional keywork is used for specifying the routing cost a parameter which would be used by PNNI in choosing route based on weights
assigned for different routes. Default = -1.
-stat
This optional keyword is used for enabling/disabling the stats collection on
SPVC. Stats collection: Enable(1) | Disable(0). Default = disable.
-frame
This optional keywork is used for enabling/disabling the frame discard on
SPVC. Frame discard: Enable(1) | Disable(0). Default = disable.
int_vsvd
Internal Segment VSVD: 1 (off) / 2 (on) /3 (unspec). Default = off.
ext_vsvd
External Segment VSVD: 1 (off) / 2 (on) /3 (unspec). Default = off.
Examples
Add a slave endpoint:
spirita.1.PXM.a > addcon 2 11 100 8 1
slave endpoint added successfully
slave endpoint id : 4700918100000000107BE92F7B00000103180200.11.100
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-11
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addcon
Add a master endpoint:
spirita.1.PXM.a > addcon 2 11 100 8 2 4700918100000000107BE92F7B00000103180200.11.100
master endpoint added successfully
master endpoint id : 4700918100000000107BE92F5100000103180200.11.100
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-12
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addfltset
addfltset
Add an ATM address filter set.
Enter the addfltset command to add an ATM address filter set.
Note
After a filter is created for a specific port, associate the filter to that port by using the cnfpnportacc
command.
Syntax
addfltset <name> [-address address-template -length address-template-length [-plan {e164 |
nsap}] [-list {calling | called}] [-index number] [-accessMode {permit | deny}]]
[-cgPtyAbsentAction {permit | deny}] [-cdPtyAbsentAction {permit | deny}]
Syntax Description
name
The name of the filter set, consisting of 1 to 29 characters.
address
The NSAP address, consisting of 1 to 40 digits, or the E.164 address,
consisting of 1 to 15 digits. The address template can have prefix address
digits followed by a trailing string “...,” in which case, only the prefix part
of the address is considered in the address pattern match. Likewise, the
address template can have an initial string “...,” followed by address digits,
in which case, the trailing address digits are alone considered in the address
pattern match. An address template can contain the character “*,” in which
case, that digit is not considered in the address pattern match.
Default = filter with no address.
-length
Length in bits (if NSAP) or bytes (if E.164). A length must be specified if
the address is specified. However, a filter can be created without an address,
in which case the length field is not applicable. If the address template
consists of the string “...” or the character “*,” the length field contents do
not matter.
-plan
Address plan, either E.164 or NSAP. Use this parameter only if the address
field is also specified.
Default = NSAP
-list
Address list in which address is included, either calling or called. Use this
parameter only if the address is also specified.
Default = calling
-index number
Order in which address entries in a filter are set, in the range from 1 - 65535.
This parameter has significance only if an address is also specified.
Default = 1
-accessMode
Indicates whether or not to accept (permit) or reject (deny) a call on the port
if the address pattern matching succeeds. This parameter has significance
only if an address is also specified.
Default = permit
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-13
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addfltset
-cgPtyAbsentAction
Indicates whether or not to accept (permit) or reject (deny) a call on the port
if the calling party does not match any entry in the calling party address list
of the filter set.
Default = permit
-cdPtyAbsentAction
Indicates whether or not to accept (permit) or reject (deny) a call on the port
if the called party does not match any entry in the called party address list of
the filter set.
Default = permit
Example
Add a filter set called “anyname.”
spirita.1.PXM.a > addfltset anyname
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-14
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addpnni-node
addpnni-node
Add PNNI node.
Enter the addpnni-node command to add a PNNI node. When adding a new PNNI logical node, the
hierarchical level of the new node must be higher than the level of the node which is currently at the
highest hierarchy.
Syntax
addpnni-node level [lowest][-atmAddr atm-address][-nodeId node-id] [-pgId pg-id] [-enable {true
| false}] [-transitRestricted {on | off}] [-complexNode{on | off}] [-branchingRestricted {on |
off}] [-pglNoTransit {on | off}]
Syntax Description
level
The PNNI hierarchical level. Default to 56 for PNNI node at the lowest level
if not specified.
It must be specified for nodes at higher levels. Once assigned, it may only be
changed when the administrative status of the node is disabled.
lowest
Indicates the PNNI node at the lowest hierarchical level.
-atmAddr
The 20-byte ATM address assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a local
switching system.
If not specified, the default value is used. Once assigned, it may only be
changed when the administrative status of the node is disabled.
-nodeId
The 22-byte PNNI node id assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a local
switching system. If not specified, the default value is used, which is the
normal case. Once assigned, it may only be changed when the administrative
status of the node is disabled.
-pgId
The 14-byte peer group ID assigned for a PNNI logical node operating on a
local switching system. If not specified, the default value will be used, which
is the normal case. Once assigned, it may only be changed when the
administrative status of the node is disabled.
-enable
Specifies the administrative status for a PNNI node, as either enable or disable.
When administratively disabling a PNNI logical node, all nodes at higher
hierarchies must be administratively disabled first.
Default = enable.
-tansitRestricted
Specifies if this node is a restricted transit node, as either on or off.
Default = off.
-complexNode
Specifies if the node is a complex node, as either on or off. This setting is not
applicable for a node at the lowest hierarchical level.
On = this node is a complex node.
Off = this node is not a complex node.
Default = off.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-15
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addpnni-node
-branchingRestricted Specifies support for additional point-to-multipoint branches by this node, as
either on or off.
Default = on.
-pglNoTransit
Specifies participation in PGL elections by this node, as either on or off.
Default = off.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > addpnni-node 1 -atmAddress 47.00918100000000107b65f260.00107b65f260.01
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-16
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addpnni-summary-addr
addpnni-summary-addr
Add PNNI summary address prefix
Enter the addpnni-summary-addr command to configure an ATM summary address prefix for a PNNI
logical node operating on a local switching system.
Syntax
addpnni-summary-addr <node-index> <address-prefix> <prefix-length> [-type {internal |
exterior}] [-suppress {true | false}]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a switching systems.
address-prefix
ATM address prefix assigned to the local switching system.
prefix-length
Length of the address-prefix, in number of bits, equal to or less than 152 bits.
Note
-type
Zero-length summary address is not currently supported.
Type of summary address, as either internal or external.
Default = internal
-suppress
Indicates whether to advertise (false) or not advertise (true) the summary address.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > addpnni-node 47.00918100000000107b65f260.00107b65f260.01 internal true
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-17
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addpnport
addpnport
Add a UNI or NNI port
Enter the addpnport command to add a UNI or NNI port. After the port is added, its administrative state
is down by default. This command is used to pre-configure a port on the controller. It is allowed only if
the port does not yet exist on the switch.
Syntax
addpnport <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > addpnport 0.1.1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-18
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addprfx
addprfx
Add an ILMI address prefix for UNI
Enter the addprfx command to add an ILMI address prefix for UNI. When adding a prefix, this prefix
must be stored on both the controller and the platform. Therefore a successful return status from the
command line does not guarantee this prefix is added onto the platform prefix table. You should check
the event log to make sure this prefix is added successfully in the prefix table on the platform. You can
add up 16 prefix per port.
Syntax
addprfx <portid> <atm-prefix>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
atm-prefix
ATM address prefix. The prefix must be eight or thirteen bytes in length.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > addprfx 0.1.1 4700ab0012340000
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-19
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
addserialif
addserialif
Add a Serial Interface
The addserialif command lets you add a serial interface to the port.
Syntax
addserialif <port#>
Syntax Description
port#
Indicates the type of port you want to add. Enter 1 to add a maintenance port. Enter
2 to add a console port.
Example
The following example shows you how to add a maintenance port.
spirita.1.PXM.a > addserialif 1
The following example shows you how to add a serial port.
spirita.1.PXM.a > addserialif 2
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-20
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
clrconstats
clrconstats
Clear Connection Statistics
Clears existing call statistics for one logical port or all logical ports.
Syntax
clrconstats <portid> <vpi> [<vci>]
Syntax Description
portid
PNNI logical port, in the format [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport]. Using the short
form where only the mandatory elements are appropriate, the portid has the format
slot.port.
vpi
Minimum VPI value for the connection. Enter a number in the range from 0 to 4095.
vci
Minimum VCI value for the connection. Enter a number in the range from 0 to 65535,
The default value for vp connections is 0.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > clrconstats 4.1 4000 6000
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-21
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
clrpncon
clrpncon
Clear a UNI or NNI connection
Enter the clrpncon command to release a specified call.
Syntax
clrpncon <portid> [all | vpi] <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
Port ID of the call you want to clear, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
all | vpi
VPI of the call to clear. Can be all or specific VPI. The default is 0.
vci
VCI of the call to clear. If no VCI is specified, this is a VP connection.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > clrpncon 0.1.1 0
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-22
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
clrpnconstats
clrpnconstats
Clear UNI or NNI connection statistics
Enter the clrpnconstats command to clear existing call statistics for a specific port or all ports.
Syntax
clrpnconstats <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
The port identifier for the port on which you want to clear the call statistics.
If portid is not specified, call statistics for all port will then be cleared.
Portid is in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > clrpnconstats 0.1.1
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-23
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
clrsigstats
clrsigstats
Clear signal statistics
Enter the clrsigstats command to clear existing signaling statistics for a specific port or all ports.
Syntax
clrsigstats [<portid>]
Syntax Description
portid
If portid is not specified, then signaling statistics for all ports will be cleared. Port ID
is in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > clrsigstats 0.1.1
Clearing Signaling Statistics for 1.1dspconinfo
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-24
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
clrsscopstats
clrsscopstats
Clear SSCOP statistics
Enter the clrsscopstats command to clear existing SSCOP statistics for a specific port or all ports.
Syntax
clrsscopstats [<portid>]
Syntax Description
portid
If portid is not specified, then SSCOP statistics for all ports will be cleared. portid is in
the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
Examples
Clear statistics on all ports.
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > clrsscopstats
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Clear statistics on a specified port (0.1.1).
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > clrsscopstats 0.1.1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-25
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfabrtparmdft
cnfabrtparmdft
Configure ABR traffic parameters
Enter the cnfabrtparmdft to configure default ABR traffic parameters used by a port to set up ABR SPVCs.
These traffic parameters will be used in the SETUP message at the source when setting up an SPVC for
ABR service category.
Syntax
cnfabrtparmdft <portid> [-rif RIF-value] [-rdf RDF-value] [-tbe TBE-value] [-nrm NRM-value]
[-trm TRM-value] [-adtf ADTF-value] [-cdf CDF-value][-fsd FSD-value]
Syntax Description
portid
Identifies the port to be configured, in the form of
[shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
-rif
Specifies the Rate Increase Factor (RIF). This controls the amount by which the cell
transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM-cell. RIF is a power of two,
ranging from 1/32768 to 1. Acceptable choices for this parameter are as follows:
1 = 1/32768
2 = 1/16384
3 = 1/8192
4 = 1/4096
5 = 1/2048
6 = 1/1024
7 = 1/512
8 = 1/256
9 = 1/128
10 = 1/64
11 = 1/32
12 = 1/16
13 = 1/8
14 = 1/4
15 = 1/2
16 = 1
-rdf
Specifies the Rate Decrease Factor (RDF). This controls the decrease in the cell
transmission rate. RDF is a power of two, ranging from 1/32768 to 1. Acceptable
choices are the same as RIF. The default choice is 4 (= 1/4096).
-tbe
Transient buffer exposure, default = 1048320.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-26
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfabrtparmdft
-nrm
Specifies the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM-cell.
NRM is a power of two, ranging from 2 to 256. Acceptable choices for this parameter
are as follows:
1=2
2=4
3=8
4 = 16
5 = 32
6 = 64
7 = 128
8 = 256
The default choice is 55 (= 32 cells).
-trm
Specifies the upper bound on the time between forward RM-cells for an active source.
TRM is 100 * a power of two milliseconds, ranging from 100*(2^-7) to 100*(2^0).
Acceptable choices for this parameter are as follows:
1 = 0.78125
2 = 1.5625
3 = 3.125
4 = 6.25
5 = 12.5
6 = 25
7 = 50
8 = 100
The default choice is 8 (= 100 msec).
-adtf
Specifies the Allowed Cell Rate (ACR) Decrease Time Factor. This is the time
permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR. ADTF is in
unit of 10 milliseconds, ranging from 1 to 1023 units (for example, .01 to 10.23
seconds). The default is 50 (= 0.5 sec).
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-27
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfabrtparmdft
-cdf
Specifies the Cutoff Decrease Factor (CDF). This controls the decrease in ACR
associated with missing RM-cell count (CRM). CDF is zero, or a power of two
ranging from 1/64 to 1. Acceptable choices for this parameter are as follows:
1=0
2 = 1/64
3 = 1/32
4 = 1/16
5 = 1/8
6 = 1/4
7 = 1/2
8=1
The default choice is 7 (= 1/2).
-fsd
Specifies the Fixed Source Delay (FSD) for the source. The Fixed Round-Trip Time
(FRTT) is then accumulated during the call setup and is the sum of the fixed and
propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back. FRTT is in
unit of 10 microseconds, ranging from 0 to 16777215 units (for example, 0 to
167.77215 seconds). The default is 0.
Example
orses18.1.PXM.a > cnfabrtparmdft 1.1 -rif 8
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-28
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfaddrreg
cnfaddrreg
Configure address registration
Enter the cnfaddrreg command to set ILMI address registration options for a specified port. At least one
keyword must be specified. This command can be used only when the port is added and administratively
down. Currently, the address registration can be also enabled/disabled from the BPX cnfport command
for backward compatibility reason. Furthermore in order for the address registration to work, the peer
must support address registration table and procedure. Therefore, the user must make sure that address
registration is enabled on all these three places to have address registration work.
Syntax
cnfaddrreg <portid> [yes | no]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
yes | no
Enable/disable ILMI address registration on the port.
Default = yes
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfaddreg 0.1.1 no
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-29
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfautocnf
cnfautocnf
Configure auto configuration
Enter the cnfautocnf command to enable or disable the ILMI auto configuration for a specified port.
Syntax
cnfautocnf <portid> [yes | no]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
yes | no
Enable/disable ILMI automatic configuration procedure on the port.
Default = yes.
Tip
This command is used only when the port is added and administratively down.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfautocnf 0.1.1 no
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-30
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfcdvtdft
cnfcdvtdft
Configure CDVT default
Enter the cnfcdvtdft command to modify the default CDVT to request UPC for cells received on a port.
The new configuration will apply to new incoming calls while existing calls remain intact. This
command can be used regardless of the state of the port.
Syntax
cnfcdvtdft <portid> <service_category> [num-of-micro-seconds]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
service_category
ATM 4.0 service category. Enter one of the following bit rates:
•
cbr = constant bit rate
•
rtvbr = real-time variable bit rate
•
nrtvbr = non-real-time variable bit rate
•
ubr = unspecified bit rate
•
abr = available bit rate
num-of-micro-seconds Integer, in the range 10,000 to 5,000,000. The CDVT is expressed in
microseconds.
If this parameter is not specified, the default will be used/restored.
Default = 250,000 µsec.
Examples
To configure the default CDVTD to request UPC for cells received at an unspecified bit rate of
250,000 microseconds:
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfcdvtdft 0.1.1 ubr
spirita.1.PXM.a >
To configure the default CDVTD to request UPC for cells received on at a constant bit rate of
250,000 microseconds:
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfcdvtdft 0.1.1 cbr
spirita.1.PXM.a >
To configure the default CDVTD to request UPC for cells received at an available bit rate of
240 microseconds:
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfcdvtdft 0.1.1 abr 240
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-31
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfcon
cnfcon
Configure a connection
Enter the cnfcon command to modify the connection bandwidth, policing, and routing.
Syntax
cnfcon <portid> <vpi> <vci>
[-lpcr <local PCR>] [-lmcr <local MCR>] [-lscr <local SCR>] [-icr <local ICR>] [-lmbs <local
MBS>] [-cdvt <local CDVT>] [-lcdv <local CDV>] [-lctd <local CTD>] [-rpcr <remote PCR>]
[-rmcr <remote MCR>] [-rscr <remote SCR>] [-rmbs <remote MBS>] [-rcdv <remote CDV>]
[-rctd <remote CTD>] [-stats <enable/disable>] [-frame <enable/disable>] [-mc <Max Cost>]
[-int_vsvd <internal segment>] [-ext_vsvd <external segment>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
vpi
Specify the starting VPI to view active calls starting from the specified VPI of
the specified port. This parameters can only be used if port is specified.
VPI range 0..255.
vci
Specify the starting VCI to view active calls starting from the specified VPI/VCI
of the specified port. This parameters can only be used if VPI is specified.
VPI range 32..65535.
-lpcr
Local PCR range.
-lmcr
Local MCR range.
-lscr
Local SCR range.
-icr
Local ICR range.
-lmbs
Local MBS range.
-cdvt
CDVT range.
-lcdv
Local CDV range.
-lctd
Local CTD range.
-rpcr
Remote PCR range.
-rmcr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the MCR required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = rpcr
-rscr
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the SCR required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = rpcr
-rmbs
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the MBS required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = value from dspmbsdft
-rcdv
This optional keyword can be used for specifying the CDV required for the
connection in the remote -> local direction. Default = -1
-rctd
Remote CTD range.
-stats
Enables/disables statistics. Enter one of the following options:
•
1 = enable
•
2 = disable
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-32
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfcon
frame
Enables/disables frame. Enter one of the following options:
•
1 = enable
•
2 = disable
mc
Maximum cost.
int_vsvd
Internal Segment VSVD. Enter one of the following options:
ext_vsvd
•
1 = off
•
2 = on
•
3 = unspecified
External Segment VSVD. Enter one of the following options:
•
1 = off
•
2 = on
•
3 = unspecified
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfcon 0.1.1 50 50
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-33
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfconsegep
cnfconsegep
Configure a connection as a segment endpoint
Enter the cnfconsegep command to set a connection as a segment endpoint. When both VPI and VCI are
present, the segment endpoint is a F5 flow endpoint (for VCCs). When the optional VCI is not present,
the segment endpoint is a F4 flow endpoint (for VPCs). This command is used only for established calls.
Note
Before executing this command, continuity check must be de-activated. Otherwise,
continuity check failure will occur for the connection. This command can be used with
conntrace for fault isolation.
Syntax
cnfconsegep <portid> <vpi> [vci]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
vpi
VPI of the connection.
vci
VCI of the connection. The default VCI is 0 for the VP connection.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfconsegep 0.1.1 50 50
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-34
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfe164 justify
cnfe164 justify
Configure E.164 AESA justification
Enter the cnfe164justify command to configure whether the E.164 AESAs with the E.164 AFI are
converted to the left or right-justified encoding format. The default is left-justified.
To ensure that PNNI searches the address correctly, all nodes in the PNNI network must be set for the
same justification.
Syntax
cnfe164justify {left | right}
Syntax Description
left
Convert E.164 AESAs with the E.164 AFI to the left.
This is the default.
right
Convert E.164 AESAs with the E.164 AFI to the right.
Examples
Configure the E.164 AESAs with the E.164 AFI to be converted to the left-justified encoding format.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfe164justify left
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Configure the E.164 AESAs with the E.164 AFI to be converted to the right-justified encoding format.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfe164justify right
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-35
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfenhiisp
cnfenhiisp
Enter the cnfenhiisp command to enable/disable the enhanced IISP features on a port. This command
can only be used on an IISP port, regardless of the state of the port. The new configuration will apply to
new incoming calls while existing calls remain intact.
Currently only the support of VBR-rt service category is controlled by this command. If the support is
enabled on the port, the VBR-rt service category which uses an illegal combination of traffic parameters
in the Broadband Bearer Capability (BBC) IE will be transported across the IISP port without any
modification.
Syntax
cnfenhiisp <portid> {yes | no}
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
yes | no
Enables/disables the support of the enhanced IISP on the port.
Examples
Enable the support of the enhanced IISP on the port.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfenhiisp 0.1.1 yes
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Disable the support of the enhanced IISP on the port.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfenhiisp 0.1.1 no
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-36
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnffdonaal5
cnffdonaal5
Configure frame discard on the presence of the AAL5 IE
Enter the cnffdonaal5 command to install or not install frame discard if the AAL5 IE is present. This
changes information used by the switch when determining whether or not to install frame discard on
SVCs. UNI 4.0 signaling allows explicit signaling of frame discard. Prior to UNI 4.0, the presence of
the AAL5 IE was used to determine whether or not to install frame discard. If the AAL5 IE is present,
frame discard is installed. However, UNI 4.0 signaling element controlling frame discard overrides the
configuration specifying to use AAL5 IE.
Default = installing frame discard on the presence of the AAL5 IE in the SETUP message.
Syntax
cnffdonaal5 {yes | no}
Syntax Description
yes | no
Enables/disables the installation of frame discard on the presence of the AAL5 IE.
Default = yes
Examples
Install frame discard on the presence of the AAL5 IE.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnffdonaal5 yes
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Do not install frame discard on the presence of the AAL5 IE.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnffdonaal5 no
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-37
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnffltset
cnffltset
Configure a filter set
Enter cnffltset to configure or modify an existing filter set. The configuration could be in the form of
adding more addresses to the filter set, or changing the access mode or address field of a filter set entry.
Syntax
cnffltset <name> [-address address-template][ -length address-template-length] [-plan {e164 |
nsap}][-index number] [-accessMode {permit | deny}]
Syntax Description
name
Name of the filter set, consisting up to 29 characters.
-address
The NSAP address, consisting of 1 to 40 digits, or the E.164 address, consisting of
1 to 15 digits. The address template can have prefix address digits followed by a
trailing string “...,” in which case, only the prefix part of the address is considered
in the address pattern match. Likewise, the address template can have an initial
string “...,” followed by address digits, in which case, the trailing address digits are
alone considered in the address pattern match. An address template can contain the
character “*,” in which case, that digit is not considered in the address pattern
match.
The address can be added to an existing filter set.
Default = Modification of the accessMode field of a filter element, using only the
index, in which case the address field is not necessary.
-length
Length in bits (if NSAP) or bytes (if E.164). If the address template consists of the
string “...” or the character “*,” the length field contents do not matter.
A length must be specified if the address is specified.
-plan
Address plan, either E.164 or NSAP. Use this parameter only if the address field is
also specified.
Default = NSAP.
-index
Order in which address entries in a filter are set, in the range from 1 through 65535.
Default = 1.
-accessMode
Indicates whether or not to accept (permit) or reject (deny) a call on the port if the
address pattern-matching succeeds.
Default = permit.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-38
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfilmienable
cnfilmienable
Add address
Enables ILMI on a PNNI port. Prior to cnfilmienable, you must use dnpnport to de-activate the port.
Syntax
cnfilmienable <portid> [yes | no]
Syntax Description
portid
PNNI logical port, in the format [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport]. Using the short
form where only the mandatory elements are appropriate, the portid has the format
slot.port.
yes | no
Enables/disables ILMI on the switch. Enter yes to enable or no to disable.The default
is yes.
Example
This example shows the cnfilmienable command line that enables ILMI on a PNNI port. Before you
execute this command, you must use the command dnpnport to take down PNNI on that port.
spirita.2.PXM.a > dspilmi 1:1.1:1
INFO: No ilmi address registered
spirita.2.PXM.a > dnpnport 1:1.1:1
spirita.2.PXM.a > cnfilmienable 1:1.1:1 yes
spirita.2.PXM.a > uppnport 1:1.1:1
spirita.2.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-39
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfilmiproto
cnfilmiproto
Configure the ILMI protocol
Enter the cnfilmiproto command to configure the ILMI protocol.
Syntax
cnfdilmiproto <portid>[securelink][attachmentpoint][modlocattrstd]
Syntax Description
portid
Port ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
securelink
Enables/disables ILMI secure link protocol.
attachmentpoint
Enables detection of loss of attachment point procedures.
modlocattrstd
Enables ILMI standard procedures on the modification of local ATM parameters.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfilmiproto 0.1.1
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-40
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfintfcongth
cnfintfcongth
Configure interface congestion thresholds parameters
Enter the cnfintfcongth command to set interface congestion thresholds parameters.
cnfintfcongth <portid> [-setuphi {setupHiThreshold}]] [-unackedStatEnqLo
unackedStatEnqLothreshold] [-unackedStatEnqHi unackedStatEnqrHithreshold]
Note
You need to enter at least one of the optional fields for this command to work.
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
setuphi
The number of connection setup messages per second, above which the setup
messages will be dropped in a second, in the range 1 through 105cps
Default = 90 cps
unackedStatEnqLo
The number of stat enquires to be acknowledged by the peer per interface, in
the range 1 through 500 messages. Below this number, the local stat enq
congestion condition at the interface level abates.
Default = 40
unackedStatEnqHi
The number of stat enquires to be acknowledged by the peer per interface, in
the range 1 through 500 messages. Below this number, the local stat enq
congestion condition at the interface level sets in.
Default = 100
Examples
Set the interface setuphi to 100 cps.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfintfcongth 0.1.1 -setuphi 100
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Set the stat enquiries low to 50 cps, and the hi to 60 cps.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfintfcongth 0.1.1 -unackedstatenqlo 50
spirita.1.PXM.a >
-unackedstatenqhi 60
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-41
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfmbsdft
cnfmbsdft
Configure the MBS default
Enter the cnfmbsdft command to modify the default MBS for cells received on a specified port. The
new configuration will apply to new incoming calls while existing calls remain intact. This command
can be used regardless of the state of the port.
Syntax
cnfmbsdft <portid> <service_category> [num-of-cell]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
service_category
ATM 4.0 service category. Enter one of the following options:
num-of-cell
•
cbr = constant bit rate
•
rtvbr = real time variable bit rate
•
nrtvbr = non-real time variable bit rate
•
ubr = unspecified bit rate
•
abr = available bit rate
Integer in the range 1 to 5,000,000. The MBS is expressed in cells.
Default value is set by the platform (1024). If this parameter is not specified,
the default will be used/restored.
Examples
Configure the MBS default to be rtvbr.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfmbsdft 0.1.1 rtvbr
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Configure the MBS default to be nrtvbr at 900 cells.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfmbsdft 0.1.1 nrtvbr 900
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-42
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfnodalcongth
cnfnodalcongth
Configure the nodal congestion threshold
Enter the cnfnodalcongth command to set nodal congestion threshold parameters.
Syntax
cnfnodalcongth [-setuphi value] [-statenqlo value}] [-statenqhi value] [-connpendlo value]
[-connpendhi value] [-incompjour value} [-vsiqmild value] [-vsiqmedium value] [-vsiqsevere
value]
Syntax Description
-setuphi
The number of connection setup message per second, above which setup
messages will be dropped within a second. Enter a number in the range
1 through 105 cps.
Default = 90
-statenqlo
The number of status enquiry message per second, below which the status
enquiry congestion condition abates. Enter a number in the range 1 through
500cps.
Default = 100cps
-statenqhi
The number of connection setup messages per second, above which the
status enquiry congestion condition sets in. Enter a number in the range 1
through 500cps.
Default = 200cps
-connpendlo
The aggregate number of connections in the establishment phase below
which the establishment congestion abates. Enter a number in the range 1
through 1000 connections.
Default = 400 connections
-connpendhi
The aggregate number of connections in the establishment phase above
which the establishment congestion sets in. Enter a number in the range 1
through 1000 connections.
Default = 500 connections
-incompjour
The number of incomplete journaling cycles above which the journaling
speed will be increased. Enter a number in the range 1 through 10 cycles.
Default = 5 cycles
-vsiqmild
The Q depth above which VSI master is mildly congested. This is
represented as a percentage of VSI master-slave communication window
size. This threshold is applicable to all the interfaces in the node. Enter a
number in the range 1 through 175.
Default = 5
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-43
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfnodalcongth
-vsiqmedium
The Q depth above which VSI master is congested at a medium level. This
is represented as a percentage of VSI master-slave communication window
size. This threshold is applicable to all the interfaces in the node, in the range
1 through 175.
Default = 10
-vsiqsevere
The Q depth above which VSI master is severely congested. This is
represented as a percentage of VSI master-slave communication window
size. This threshold is applicable to all the interfaces in the node, in the range
1 through 175.
Default = 20
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfnodalcongth -setuphi 100 -statenqlo 90
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-44
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfoamsegep
cnfoamsegep
Configure an OAM segment endpoint
Enter the cnfoamsegep command to define a specified port as a segment endpoint for F4 and F5 OAM
flow. This command does not take effect for existing connections. It only takes effect for newly
established calls. This command can be used regardless of the state of the port.
Syntax
cnfoamsegep <portid> [yes | no]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
yes
The specified port is configured as a segment endpoint, and is a segment endpoint for
all connections on this port.
no
The specified port is not a segment endpoint.
Default = no
Examples
Configure a port as a segment endpoint.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfoamsegep yes
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Configure a port so it is not a segment endpoint.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfoamsegep no
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-45
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnctlvc
cnfpnctlvc
Configure PNCT LVC
The cnfpnctlvc command lets you configure bandwidth parameters for two types of control channels on
a port. The types of control channels are SSCOP or PNNI-RCC. You can execute this command for one
VC type at a time.
Syntax
cnfpnctlvc <portid> <vc-type> -pcr <pcr> -scr <scr> -mbs <mbs>
Syntax Description
portid
PNNI logical port, in the format [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport]. Using the short
form where only the mandatory elements are appropriate, the portid has the format
slot.port.
vc-type
The type of control VC to be configured. Enter pnnircc or sscop.
-pcr
Peak cell rate for the control VC. Enter a number in the range from 1 to 5000 cells
per second.
If the vc-type is pnnircc, the default is 906 cps. If the vc-type is sscop, the default is
1500 cps. The default is 906.
-scr
Sustain cell rate. Enter a number in the range from 1 - 5000. The default is 453.
-mbs
maximum burst size, range 1 - 1000. The default is 171.
Example\
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnctlvc 1.1 4 pnnircc 900 400 100
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-46
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-election
cnfpnni-election
Configure PNNI PGL election parameters
Enter the cnfpnni-election command to configure the PNNI PGL election parameters for a PNNI node.
Syntax
cnfpnni-election <node-index> [-priority priority][-initTime init-time][-overrideDelay
override-delay][-reelectionTime reelection-time]
Syntax Description
node-index
The node index to identify a PNNI logical node on a local switching system.
-priority
The PNNI leadership priority in a peer group.
Default = 0
-initTime
The amount of time, in seconds, this node will delay advertising its choice
of preferred PGL after initializing operation and reaching the full state with
at least one neighbor in the peer group.
Default = 15 seconds
-overrideDelay
The amount of time, in seconds, a node will wait for itself to be declared the
preferred PGL by unanimous agreement among its peers.
-reelectionTime
The amount of time, in seconds, after losing connectivity to the current peer
group leader that this node will wait before re-starting the process of electing
a new peer group leader.
Default = 30 seconds
Default = 15 seconds
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-47
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-intf
cnfpnni-intf
Configure PNNI interface
Enter the cnfpnni-intf command to configure service category based administrative weight and
aggregation token on a PNNI interface.
Syntax
cnfpnni-intf <portid> [-aggregationToken token][-awcbr aw][-awrtvbr aw][-awnrtvbr aw][-awabr
aw][-awubr aw] [-awall aw]
Syntax Description
portid
Port identifier of the logical port, as selected by the PNNI protocol entity for
the specific interface. This value is meaningful only to the node associated
with the physical port. In the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport]
token
A 32-bit number used for link aggregation purposes.
aw
32-bit number used as administrative weight on this interface. This value is
applied to all QoS classes if aw l is specified. Otherwise, this value is only
applied to the single service class.
Default = 0 (when interface is added)
Maximum value = 24-bit unsigned integer.
Default = 5040
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-48
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-link-selection
cnfpnni-link-selection
Configure PNNI link selection
Enter the cnfpnni-link-selection command to configure the routing policies used in background routing
tables generation.
Note
Link selection only applies to CBR and VBR connections. Preference is in the order of minaw,
maxavcr, txspeedmax, and load-balance in case the configuration options on the links disagree. In
case of equal value, the link is selected randomly.
For ABR and UBR connections, link is selected depend on (AvCR for ABR + AvCR for UBR)/(# of
ABR connections + # of UBR connections).
Syntax
cnfpnni-link-selection <portid> [minaw | maxavcr | maxcr | loadbalance]
Syntax Description
portid
Port identifier. In the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport]
minaw
Use this option to select the link with the least administrative weight in the
egress direction.
This setting is the default.
maxavcr
Use this option to select the link with the largest available cell rate (ACR) in
the egress direction.
maxcr
Use this option to select the link with the largest max cell rate in the egress
direction.
loadbalance
Use this option to select random selection of the link.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-49
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-mtu
cnfpnni-mtu
Configure PNNI maximum transmit unit
Enter the cnfpnni-mtu command to configure the maximum PNNI packet size in number of bytes.
Syntax
cnfpnni-mtu <mtu>
Syntax Description
mtu
Maximum transmit unit (MTU), in number of bytes, in the range 1024 to
8192.
Default = 2048
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnni-mtu 8192
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-50
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-node
cnfpnni-node
Configure a PNNI node
Enter the cnfpnni-node command to configure a PNNI node.
The node must be put into administratively disable status, before changing its ATM address, Node ID,
peer group ID, or hierarchical level.
Note
When administratively disabling a PNNI logical node, all nodes at higher hierarchies must be
administratively disabled first.
Syntax
cnfpnni-node node-index [-atmAddress atm-address][-level level][-nodeId node-id][-pgId
pg-id][-enable {true | false}] [-transitRestricted {on | off}] [-complexNode{on | off}]
[-branchingRestricted {on | off}]
Syntax Description
node-index
The node index assigned to a PNNI logical node.
-atmAddress
The 20-byte ATM address assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a
local switching system.
If not specified, the default value will be used, Once assigned, it may only
be changed when the administrative status of the node is disabled.
-level
The PNNI hierarchical level. The default is 56 for the PNNI node at the
lowest level if not specified.
It must be specified for nodes at higher levels. Once assigned, it is only
changed when the administrative status of the node is disabled.
-nodeId
The 22-byte PNNI node ID assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a
local switching system. If not specified, the default value will be used,
which is the normal case. Once assigned, it may only be changed when the
administrative status of the node is disabled.
-pgId
The 14-byte peer group ID assigned for a PNNI logical node operating on a
local switching system. If not specified, the default value will be used,
which is the normal case. Once assigned, it may only be changed when the
administrative status of the node is disabled.
-enable
Specifies the administrative status for a PNNI node. Can be enabled or
disabled.
When administratively disabling a PNNI logical node, all nodes at higher
hierarchies must be administratively disabled first.
Default = enable
-transitRestricted
Specifies if this node is a restricted transit node. Can be on or off.
Default = off
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-51
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-node
-complexNode
Specifies if the node is a complex node. Can be either on or off. This setting
is not applicable for a node at the lowest hierarchical level.
On = this node is a complex node
Off = this node is not a complex node
Default = off
-branchingRestricted
Specifies support for additional point-to-multipoint branches by this node.
Can be on or off.
Default = on
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-52
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-pkttrace
cnfpnni-pkttrace
Configure PNNI packet trace
Enter the cnfpnni-pkttrace command to trace the PNNI Packet on a per level per link basis.
Syntax
cnfpnni-pkttrace <-tx { on | off }><-rx { on | off }> [ node-index] [ -portId port-id] [-svcIndex
svc-index]
Syntax Description
-rx or -tx
The direction of the packet flow.
rx = packets are being received
tx = packets are being transmitted
node-index
The node index assigned to a PNNI logical node.
-portId
The logical Port Identifier of the port on which the packet trace has to be turned
on or off.
-svcIndex
The SVC Index of the SVC based RCC on which the packet trace has to be
turned on or off.
Examples
Configure the PNNI packet to be transmitted on port 197120 of node 1.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnni-pkttrace tx on 1 -portId 197120
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Configure the PNNI packet to be transmitted on SVC index 14 of node 2.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnni-pkttrace tx on 2 -svcIndex 14
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Configure the PNNI packet to be received on node 2.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnni-pkttrace rx on 2
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-53
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-routing-policy
cnfpnni-routing-policy
Configure the PNNI routing policy
Enter the cnfpnni-routing-policy command to configure the routing policies used in background
routing tables generation, load balancing, and on demand routing.
Syntax
cnfpnni-routing-policy [-sptEpsilon epsilon][-sptHolddown holddown][-bnPathHolddown
bn-path-holddown] [-loadBalance {random | maxbw}] [-onDemand {firstfit | bestfit}]
[-awBgTable {on | off}] [-ctdBgTable {on | off}] [-cdvBgTable {on |off}]
Syntax Description
-sptEpsilon
Indicates policy for determining equal-cost path during route calculations, in
the range 0 to 20.
0 = exactly the same
1-2 = within 1.5%
3-4 = within 3.0%
5-9 = within 6.0%
10-15 = within 12.5%
16-20 = within 25.0%
Default = 0 (exact match required)
-sptHolddown
Defines the minimum time interval, in units of 100 ms, between two
consecutive calculations for generating routing tables, in the range 1
(0.1 second) to 600 (60 seconds).
Default = 1
-bnPathHolddown
Defines the minimum time interval, in units of 100 ms, between two
consecutive calculations for generating border node paths in a peer group for
a complex node representation at the next higher level.
Range from 2 (0.2 seconds) to 600 (60 seconds).
Default = 2
-loadBalance
Defines the load balancing rule if alternative routes exist for a specific call
request, as either random or maxbw.
Random = select the path randomly.
maxbw = select the path that has the maximum available cell rate.
Default = random
-onDemand
Defines the on-demand routing rule, as either firstfit or bestfit.
firstfit = Select a route that is the first found. This uses minimum search
time, but may not be the best route.
bestfit = Select the best route. This option may require greater time to
accomplish, but results in best route.
Default = firstfit
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-54
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-routing-policy
-awBgTable
Enable of disable background AW based routing table.
Default = on
-ctdBgTable
Enable of disable background CTDbased routing table.
Default = on
-cdvBgTable
Enable of disable background CDVbased routing table.
Default = on
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnni-routing-policy -sptEpsilon 15 -sptHolddown 100 -bnPath
Holddown 100 -loadBalance random -onDemand bestfit
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-55
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-scope-map
cnfpnni-scope-map
Configure PNNI scope map table
Enter the cnfpnni-scope-map command to configure the scope map table.
Syntax
cnfpnni-scope-map <scope> <level>
Syntax Description
scope
Address scope in the range 1 to 15.
level
PNNI level to which the address scope is mapped in the range 0 to 104.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnni-scope-map 12 100
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-56
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-svcc-rcc-timer
cnfpnni-svcc-rcc-timer
Configure the SVCC RCC timer
Enter the cnfpnni-svcc-rcc-timer command to define the initial PNNI SVCC-based variables for a
specified PNNI logical node in this switching system.
Syntax
cnfpnni-svcc-rcc-timer <node-index> [-initTime init-time] [-retryTime retry-time]
[-callingIntegrityTime calling-integrity-time] [-calledIntegrityTime called-integrity-time]
Syntax Description
node-index
The node index which identifies a PNNI logical node on a local switching
system.
-initTime
The amount of time, in seconds, this node is to delay initiating establishment
of an SVCC to a neighbor that has a numerically lower ATM address, after
determining that such an SVCC should be established.
Default = 4 seconds
-retryTime
Amount of time, in seconds, this node is to delay after an SVCC-based RCC
is unexpectedly torn down, before attempting to re-establish the
SVVC-based RCC.
Default = 30 seconds
-callingIntegrityTime
Amount of time, in seconds, this node waits for an SVCC to become fully
established before tearing it down.
-calledIntegrityTime
Amount of time, in second, this node waits for an SVCC, which it has
decided to accept as the called party, to become fully established before
tearing it down.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-57
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-timer
cnfpnni-timer
Configure the PNNI timer
Enter the cnfpnni-timer command to define the initial PNNI timer values and significant change
thresholds of a PNNI logical node in this switching system.
Syntax
cnfpnni-timer <node-index> [-ptseHolddown ptse-holddown][-helloHolddown
hello-holddown]-[helloInterval hello-interval][-helloInactivity-factor
hello-inactivity-factor][-horizontal-link-inactivity-time
horizontal-link-inactivity-time][-ptseRefreshInterval
ptse-refresh-interval][-ptseLifetimeFactor ptse-lifetime-factor][-retransmitInterval
retransmit-interval][-ptseDelayedAckInterval ptse-delayed-ack-interval][-avcrPm
avcr-pm][-avcrMt avcr-mt][-cdvPm cdv-pm][-ctdPm ctd-pm]
Syntax Description
node-index
The node index to identify a PNNI logical node on a local switching
system.
-ptseHolddown
The initial value, in units of 100 ms, for the PTSE holddown timer
that will be used by a node. This value limits the rate at which the
node can re-originate PTSEs.
helloHolddown
The initial value, in units of 100 ms, for the Hello holddown timer
to be used by a node. This value limits the rate at which the node
sends Hello messages.
Default = 10 (1 second)
Default = 10 (1 second)
helloInterval
The initial value, in seconds, for the Hello timer.
Default = 15 seconds
helloInactivityFactor
The product of the value configured for the hello-inactivity factor
and the Hello interval determine the maximum length of time that
the neighbor is considered to be alive without the reception of its
Hello packets.
Default = 5
horizontal-link-inactvity-time
Inactivity time, in seconds, on a horizontal link between two logical
group nodes.
Default = 120 seconds
ptseRefreshInterval
The initial time, in seconds, for the PTSE to re-originate.
Default = 1800 seconds
ptseLifetimeFactor
Value for the lifetime multiplier, as a percentage in the range 101 to
1000. The product of this percentage and the ptseRefreshInterval is
used as the initial value of the remaining lifetime of a
self-originated PTSE.
Default value = 200
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-58
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnni-timer
retransmitInterval
Period, in seconds, between retransmissions of unacknowledged
DS, PTSE request, and PTSP.
Default = 5 seconds
ptseDelayedAckInterval
Minimum amount of time, in units of ms, between transmissions of
delayed PTSE acknowledgement packets.
Default = 10 (1 second)
avcrPm
Proportional multiplier, as a percentage in the range 1 to 99, used in
the algorithms that determine significant change for AvCR
parameters.
Default = 50
avcrMt
Minimum threshold, as a percentage in the range 1 to 99, to be used
in the algorithms that determine significant change for AvCR
parameters.
Default = 3
cdvPm
Proportional multiplier, as a percentage in the range 1 to 99, to be
used in the algorithms that determine significant change for CDV
parameters.
Default = 25
ctdPm
Proportional multiplier, as a percentage in the range 1 to 99, to be
used in the algorithms that determine significant change for CTD
parameters.
Default = 50
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-59
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnportacc
cnfpnportacc
Configure PNNI port access filter
Enter the cnfpnportacc command to configure or modify an address access filter group for a port.
Note
Enter the dsppnport command to view the access filter group configuration for a port.
Syntax
cnfpnportacc <portid> [-in {in-filter-name}] [-out {out-filter-name}]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
-in
Specify the filter set applicable to SETUP messages incoming to the port.
-out
Specify the filter set applicable to SETUP messages outgoing from the port.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-60
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnportcac
cnfpnportcac
Configure PNNI port CAC
Enter the cnfpnportcac command to set CAC policy parameters for a specified port. The new
configuration will apply to new incoming calls while existing calls remain intact. This command can be
used regardless of the state of the port. At least one keyword must be specified. The bookfactor is
interpreted as percentage utilization, and applied in CAC. The booking factor is not applied to AvCR
advertised by the switch to the controller. When the default of maxbw and minbw is used for all service
categories, the common AvCR is to be advertised for all the service categories. The booking factor is
applied to AvCR advertised by the PNNI to its neighbor nodes.
Syntax
cnfpnportcac <portid> <service_category> [-bookfactor {utilization-factor}][-maxbw
{max-bw-percent}][-minbw {min-bw-percent}] [-maxvc {max-vc-percent}][-minvc
{min-vc-percent}][-maxvcbw {max-vc-bw}]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
service_category
ATM 4.0 service category. Enter one of the following options:
bookfactor
•
cbr = constant bit rate
•
rtvbr = real time variable bit rate
•
nrtvbr = non-real time variable bit rate
•
ubr = unspecified bit rate
•
abr = available bit rate
Service Category Utilization Factor (SCUF) for a service category on this port,
in the range 1 through 200.
Default =100
maxbw
Maximum percentage of guaranteed bandwidth for a service category on this
port, in the range 0 through 100.0000.
Default = 100.000
minbw
Minimum percentage guaranteed bandwidth for a service category on this port,
in the range 0 through 100.0000.
Default = 0.
maxvc
Maximum percentage of VCs for a service category on this port, in the range 0
through 100.
Default = 100
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-61
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnportcac
minvc
Minimum percentage of VCs for a service category on this port, in the range
0 through 100.
Default = 0.
maxvcbw
Maximum bandwidth, as specified by the PCR, allowed for a VC in a service
category on this port. Enter a number n the range 0 through line rate (in cells per
second).
) = ignore.
Default = 0 (disabled)
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnportcac 0.1.1 nrtvbr
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-62
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnportcc
cnfpnportcc
Configure PNNI port call control
Enter the cnfpnportcc command to set call control parameters for a specified port. At least one keyword
must be specified. This command can be used regardless of the state of the port. The new configuration
will apply to new incoming calls while existing calls remain intact.
Syntax
cnfpnportcc <portid>[-maxp2mproot {max-p2mp-root}][-maxp2mpleaf
{max-p2mp-leaf}][-svcblock {yes | no}][-spvcblock {yes | no}]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
-maxp2mproot
Maximum number of root VCs on this port.
-maxp2mpleaf
Maximum number of leaf VCs on this port.
Default = 1000
Default = 4095
-svcblock
Enable or disable SVC blocking on the port.
yes = No new call setups will be accepted.
no = New call setups will be accepted.
Default = no
-spvcblock
Enable or disable SPVC blocking on the port.
yes = No new call setups will be accepted.
no = New call setups will be accepted.
Default = no
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnportcc 0.1.1 -maxp2mproot 900 -maxp2mpleaf 2000 -svcblock
yes -spvcblock yes
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-63
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnportloscallrel
cnfpnportloscallrel
Configure PNNI port LOS call release
Enter the cnfpnportloscallrel command to configure a port to release SVCs or SPVCs after a physical
LOS.
Syntax
cnfpnportloscallrel <portid> [yes | no]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
yes | no
Enables/disables release of SVCs/SPVCs after a physical LOS. Default = yes.
Examples
Enable the release of SVCs/SPVCs after a physical LOS.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnportloscallrel 0.1.1 yes
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Disable the release of SVCs/SPVCs after a physical LOS.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnportloscallrel 0.1.1 No
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-64
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnportrange
cnfpnportrange
Configure PNNI port range
Enter the cnfpnportrange command to set VPI values for SVCC and SVPC on a specified port. This
command can only be used when a port is administratively down (by dnpnport). At least one keyword
must be specified. The maxsvccvpi is defaulted to 4095 to allow a maximum negotiation advantage
during ILMI auto-configuration. Moreover this value is limited by the high VPI value given by the
switch irrespective of the port type (UNI/NNI).
Syntax
cnfpnportrange <portid> [-minsvccvpi <min-svcc-vpi>] [-maxsvccvpi <max-svcc-vpi>]
[-minsvccvci< min-svcc-vci>] [-maxsvccvci <max-svcc-vci>] [-minsvpcvpi <min-svpc-vpi>]
[-maxsvpcvpi <max-svpc-vpi>]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
-minsvccvpi
Minimum VPI value for SVCC, in the range 0 through 4095.
Default = 0.
-maxsvccvpi
Maximum VPI value for SVCC, in the range 0 through 4095.
Default = 4095
-minsvccvci
Minimum VCI value for SVCC, in the range 32 through 65535.
Default = 32
-maxsvccvci
Maximum VCI value for SVCC, in the range 32 through 65535.
Default = 65535
-minsvpcvpi
Minimum VPI value for SVPC, in the range 1 through 4095.
Default = 1
-maxsvpcvpi
Maximum VPI value for SVPC, in the range 1 through 4095.
Default = 4095
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnportrange 0.1.1
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-65
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfpnportsig
cnfpnportsig
Configure PNNI port signaling
Enter the cnfpnportsig command to set ATM signaling parameters on a specified port. This command
can only be used when a port is administratively down (by dnpnport). At least one keyword must be
specified. The parameters univer and nniver are mutually exclusive and determine the port type either
as uni or nni respectively. For UNI port on the controller, the port on BPX switch must be configured
as a UNI port. For IISP port on the controller, the port on the switch must be configured as UNI port.
For PNNI port on the controller, the port on the switch must be configured either as NNI port or trunk.
Syntax
cnfpnportsig <portid> [-univer <uni30 | uni31 | uni40|none>][-nniver <iisp30 | iisp31 | pnni10 |
enni|aini>][-unitype <public | private>][-addrplan <both | aesa | e164>] [-side
<user|network.>][-vpi <vpi>][-sigvci <signaling-vci>][-rccvci <routing-vci>]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
-univer
UNI protocol version, either uni30, uni31, uni40, or none.
Default = uni31
-nniver
NNI protocol version, either iisp30, iisp31, pnni10, aini, or enni (enhanced nni, for
future use).
Default = pnni10
-unitype
The type of the ATM device, either private or public.
Default = private.
-addrplan
The address plan supported in this interface. Applies only to a public interface.
Default = both (for public), aesa (for private)
-side
The role—either user or network—of the port. This parameter is only applicable if it
is an IISP port.
Default = network
-vpi
The signaling and RCC VPI for the port, in the range 0-4095.
Default = 0.
-sigvci
The signaling VCI for the port, in the range 32-65535.
Default = 5.
-rccvci
The VCI used for PNNI RCC, in the range 32-65535.
Default = 18.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfpnportsig 0.1.1
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-66
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfrrtparm
cnfrrtparm
Configure reroute parameters
Enter the cnfrrtparm command to configure global reroute retry parameters for SPVC.
Syntax
cnfrrtparm [-slowtmr <slow-retry-interval>] [-fasttmrbase <fast-retry-interval-base>]
Syntax Description
-slowtmr
Specifies the slow call retry frequency in seconds. The range is 1 to 65535. The
default is 60 seconds.
-fasttmrbase
Specifies the fast call retry base in seconds. The range is 1 to 3600. The default
is 5 seconds.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfrrtparm -slowtmr 70
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-67
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfrteopt
cnfrteopt
Configure route optimization
Enter the cnfrteopt command to enable/disable route optimization on a port.
Syntax
cnfrteopt <portid> {enable | disable}[-range <starting-vpi/vci..ending-vpi/vci>][-interval
<interval>][-tod <start-time..end-time>]
Syntax Description
Note
portid
Identifies the a port for which route optimization is configure, in the form of
[shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
enable |
disable
Enables/disables route optimization for the specified port. The default is
disable.
-range
Specifies a range of SPVCs to receive route optimization. starting-vpi/vci and
ending-vpi/vci are in VPI/VCI format. The ending VPI/VCI must be greater than
or equal to the starting VPI/VCI. If no range is specified, then all active SPVCs
on the port will be considered, or use the option all to specify all SPVCs on the
port should be considered.
-interval
Specifies the frequency of route optimization in minutes. The range is 10 to
10000. The default is 60 minutes.
-tod
Specifies the time range during which route optimization can occur. anytime
represents a 24-hour time range. The default time range is anytime.
Only one SPVC range is supported. The newly entered range will replace the old range. Same is true
for the time range.
Examples
Enable route optimization for all SPVCs on port 1.4 with default parameters.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfrteopt 1.4 enable
Enable route optimization for specific SPVCs with parameters other than default.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfrteopt 1.4 enable -range 1/40..10/1000 -interval 45 -tod 23:00..23:30
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-68
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfrteoptthld
cnfrteoptthld
Configure route optimization threshold
Enter the cnfrteoptthld command to specify the percentage reduction in the administrative weight of the
existing path required to trigger route optimization.
Syntax
cnfrteoptthld <percent>
Syntax Description
percent
Specifies the route-optimization threshold in percent from 5 to 100. The
default is 30.
Examples
Set the route-optimization threshold to 50 percent.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfrteoptthld 50
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-69
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfsig
cnfsig
Configure signaling
Enter the cnfsig command to configure signaling timers for a port. At least one keyword must be
specified. This command can be used regardless of the state of the port. The new configuration will apply
to new incoming calls while existing calls remain intact.
Syntax
cnfsig <portid>[-t301 <t301-timer>][-t303 <t303-timer>][-t308 <t308-timer>][-t310
<t310-timer>][-t316 <t316-timer>][-t317< t317-timer>][-t322 <t322-timer>][-t397
<t397-timer>][-t398 <t398-timer>][-t399 <t399-timer>][-maxcrbk <value>]
Syntax Description
portid
Identifies the port for the call in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
-t301
Set the T301 timer. The range is (150 through 240) seconds.
Default = 180.
- t303
Set the T303 timer. The range is (4 through 8) seconds.
Default = 4.
-t308
Set the T308 timer. The range is (20 through 45) seconds.
-t310
Set the T310 timer. The range is (10 through 20) seconds for UNI 3.1/3.1, and (30-120)
for UNI 4.0.
Default = 30.
Default = 10 and 30 respectively.
-t316
Set the T316 timer. The range is (90 through 300) seconds.
Default = 90.
-t317
Set the T317 timer. The range is (60 through 300) seconds.
Default = 60.
-t322
Set the T322 timer. The range is (4 through 20) seconds.
Default = 4.
-t397
Set the T397 timer. The range is (180 through 240) seconds.
Default = 180.
-t398
Set the T398 timer. The range is (4 through 20) seconds.
Default = 4.
-t399
Set the T399 timer. The range is (14 through 28) seconds for UNI 3.0/3.1, and (34
through 124) for UNI 4.0.
Default = 14 and 34 respectively.
-maxcrbk
Set the maximum crankback allowed for a port. The range is (0 through 10).
Default = 3.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-70
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfsig
Examples
Configure signaling timers with the default settings:
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfsig 0.1.2
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Configure signaling timers with settings other than the default settings:
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfsig 0.1.2 -t301 160 -t303 8 -t308 25 -t310 20 -t316 100 -t3
17 70 -t322 20 -t397 200 -t398 20 -t399 28 -maxcrbk 2
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-71
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfspvcprfx
cnfspvcprfx
Configure SPVC Prefix
The cnfspvcprfx command lets you configure the SPVC prefix. The port at each end of the SPVC must
have a globally unique SPVC address. This address is generated by the switch when the connection is
defined and consists of the SPVC prefix and an internally generated number that identifies the port.
Note
If you change the peer group ID for the switch, you should also change the SPVC address
prefix so that the bytes that correspond to the peer group ID match the corresponding bytes
in the SPVC prefix.
For more information on configuring the SPVC prefix, refer to the Cisco MGX and SES PNNI Network
Planning Guide.
Syntax
cnfspvcprfx -prfx <prefix|default>
Syntax Description
-prfx
Unique 13 byte SPVC node prefix.
The default SPVC prefix is the first 13-bytes of the default ATM address
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfspvcprfx -prfx default
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-72
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfsscop
cnfsscop
Configure SSCOP
Enter the cnfsscop command to set SSCOP parameters for a specified port. At least one keyword must
be specified. This command can be used regardless of the state of the port.
Syntax
cnfsscop <portid>[-polltmr {poll-timer value | 0}][-keepalivetmr {keepalive-timer value |
0}][-idletmr {idle-timer value| 0}][-cctmr {cc-timer value| 0}][-norsptmr {noresponse-timer
value| 0}][-t309tmr {t309-timer value| 0}] [-maxcc {retries | 0}][-sndwnd {send-window-size |
0}][-rcvwnd {recv-window-size | 0}]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
- polltmr
Number of seconds to send POLL PDUs at the active phase. 0 means to restore the
default value.
Valid Range: 1 through 5 seconds.
Default = 1
- keepalivetmr
Number of seconds to send POLL PDUs at the transient phase. 0 means to restore
the default value.
Valid Range: 2 through 10 seconds.
Default = 5
- idletmr
Number of seconds to send POLL PDUs at the idle phase. 0 means to restore the
default value.
Valid Range: 5 through 20 seconds.
Default = 10
- cctmr
Number of seconds to send BGN/END/RS/ER PDUs at the connection control
phase. 0 means to restore the default value.
Valid Range: 1 through 5 seconds.
Default = 1
- norsptmr
Number of seconds at least one STAT PDU needs to be received. 0 means to
restore the default value.
Valid Range: 7 through 45 seconds.
Default = 30
- t309tmr
Number of seconds before which SAAL reconnection occurs after having been
disconnected earlier.
Valid Range: 10 through 15 seconds.
Default = 10
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-73
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfsscop
- maxcc
Maximum number of retries for connection control operations. 0 means to restore
the default value.
Valid Range: 4 through 15 seconds.
Default = 10
-sndwnd
Number of packets the port can send before it must receive an acknowledgment
from the ATM switch. 0 means to restore the default value.
Valid Range: 1 through 127 seconds.
Default = 10
- rcvwnd
Number of packets the port can receive before it must send an acknowledgment to
the ATM switch. 0 means to restore the default value.
Valid Range: 1 through 127 seconds.
Default = 10
Examples
Configure SSCOP parameters with the default settings:
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfsscop 0.1.2
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Configure SSCOP parameters with settings other than the default settings:
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfsscop 0.1.2 -polltmr 2 -keepalivetmr 3 -idletmr 5 -cctmr 3
-norsptmr 20 -t309tmr 5 -maxcc 5 -sndwnd 20 -rcvwnd 20
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-74
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
cnfsvcthld
cnfsvcthld
Configure SVC thresholds
Enter the cnfsvcthld command to set global SVC thresholds for the node. At least one keyword must be
specified.
Two levels of congestion management are provided—at port level and at node level.
•
Port level congestion control is required to prevent overwhelming a particular port with large
number of requests. This would depend on the current load a particular card on which the port
resides.
•
Node level congestion prevents the system from getting overstressed. There is no one to one relation
between port level and node level congestion parameters, but roughly speaking the range varies
from 3:1 to 5:1 if, for example, a port is tuned to accept a high of 30 call per second, the node level
high would be from 90 to 150 calls per second.
Enter the cnfpnportcc command to configure port level congestion thresholds.
Enter the cnfnodalcongth commands to configure node level congestion thresholds.
Syntax
cnfsvcthld [-callesthi upper-call-establishment-threshold] [-callestlo
lower-call-establishment-threshold] [-congesthi upper-congestion-threshold][-congestlo
lower-congestion-threshold]
Syntax Description
-callesthi
Upper limit of calls to be allowed in establishment state, in the range 800 through 1500.
Depending on how much resource is available, only a certain number of calls can be
established at one time.
Default = 1000
- callestlo
Once the upper threshold is reached, no new calls can be established until the number
of established calls goes below this threshold. The range is 500 through 700.
Default = 600
- congesthi
Call rate which indicates congestion onset at the node, in the range 60 through 80
calls/sec.
Default = 70
-congestlo
Call rate which indicates congestion abatement at the node, in the range 40 through 50
calls/sec.
Default = 40
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-75
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
conntrace
conntrace
Configure connection trace
Enter the conntrace command to trace an established connection which includes a soft PVC connection.
The result will be displayed on the screen.
Syntax
conntrace <portid> [-callRef <callRef>] [-endptRef <endptRef>] [-vpi <vpi>][-vci <vc-i>]
Syntax Description
portid
Identifies the port for the soft PVC in the form of
[shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
-callRef
Specifies the call reference for the soft PVC.
-endptRef
Endpoint reference for a point-to-multipoint call. If no endpoint reference is
specified, this is a point-to-point call.
-vpi
VPI value of connection endpoint.
-vci
VCI value of connection endpoint.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > conntrace 0.1.2 -callRef 1000
Result:Succ/Fail Reason: “Desc”
InterfaceId: “--”EndptRef: “--”
Originating Interface VPI: “--”
Originating Interface VCI: “--”
Originating Interface CallRef: “--”
NodeIdEgress PortVpiVciCallRefPhysPortid
XXXXZZZZaaabbbcccceeee
XXXXZZZZaaabbbcccceeee
Terminating Interface VPI: “--”
Terminating Interface VCI: “--”
Terminating Interface CallRef: “--”
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-76
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
deladdr
deladdr
Delete an ATM address
Enter deladdr to delete an ATM address on a port.
Syntax
deladdr <portid> <atm-address> <length> [-plan <e164|nsap>]
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be configured.
atm-address
ATM address or E.164 number, consisting of 1 to 20bytes.
length
Address length, in the range 1through 160.
-plan
•
For NSAP address, this entry represents the length in bits.
•
For E.164 address, this entry represents length in digits.
Address plan, either E.164 or NSAP.
For NSAP address, the first byte of the address automatically implies one of
three NSAP address plans: NSAP E.164, NSAP DCC, or NSAP ICD.
Default = nsap
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-77
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
delcon
delcon
Delete an endpoint connection
Enter the delcon command to delete a configured endpoint.
Syntax
delcon <portid> <vpi> <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
vpi
VPI assigned to the endpoint. For a UNI interface this can take a value between
1 and 255. For a NNI interface this can take a value between 1 and 4095
vci
VCI assigned to the endpoint. In case of a VCC connection this takes a value
between 32 and 65535. For a VPC connection this is specified as 0.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > delcon 0.1.1 1 100
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-78
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
delconsegep
delconsegep
Delete a connection’s segment endpoint
Enter the delconsegep command to remove a segment endpoint on a connection. When both VPI and
VCI are present, the segment endpoint is a F5 flow endpoint (for VCCs). When the optional VCI is not
present, the segment endpoint is a F4 flow endpoint (for VPCs).
Syntax
delconsegep <portid> <vpi> [<vci>]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
vpi
VPI assigned to the endpoint. For a UNI interface, this parameter can take a value
between 1 and 255. For a NNI interface this can take a value between 1 and 4095.
vci
VCI assigned to the endpoint. In case of a VCC connection, this parameter takes a
value between 32 and 65535. For a VPC connection this parameter is specified as 0.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > delconsegep 0.1.1 1 100
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-79
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
delfltset
delfltset
Delete an ATM address filter set
Enter the delfltset command to delete an ATM address filter set. If the index is specified, the address
entry in the filter set corresponding to the index is removed. If no index is specified, the filter set and all
the address entries contained in it are removed.
Syntax
delfltset <name> [-index <number>]
Syntax Description
name
Name of the filter set to be deleted.
-index
Index value of the filter to be deleted, in the range 1 through 65535.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-80
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
delpnni-node
delpnni-node
Delete a PNNI node
Enter the delpnni-node command to delete a PNNI node. When deleting a PNNI logical node, all nodes
at higher hierarchies must be deleted first.
Syntax
delpnni-node <node-index>
Syntax Description
node-index
The node index assigned internally to a PNNI logical node on a local
switching system.
It is used only if the node already exists.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-81
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
delpnni-summary-addr
delpnni-summary-addr
Delete a PNNI summary address
Enter the delpnni-summary-addr command to remove a PNNI summary address.
Syntax
delpnni-summary-addr <node-index> <address-prefix> <prefix-length>
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a switching
systems.
address-prefix
ATM address prefix assigned to the local switching system.
prefix-length
Length of the address-prefix, in number of bits, equal to or less than 152 bits.
Note
Zero-length summary address is not currently supported.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-82
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
delpnport
delpnport
Delete a PNNI port
Enter the delpnport command to remove a specified UNI or NNI port. This command is used to remove
a port from the controller. It is allowed only if the PNNI port does not exist on the switch i.e, the PNNI
partition associated with the port is removed. In the Plug and Play Scenario, if no provisioning activity
is done on the port from the controller, then removing the PNNI Partition on the switch will
automatically remove the PNNI port on the controller.
Syntax
delpnport <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > delpnport 0.2.1
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-83
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
delpnportacc
delpnportacc
Delete a PNNI port’s address access filter group
Enter the delpnportacc command to delete an address access filter group for a port.
Syntax
delpnportacc <portid> {in | out}
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
in
Delete the incoming address access filter group for the port.
out
Delete the outgoing address access filter group for the port.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > delpnportacc 0.2.1
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-84
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
delprfx
delprfx
Delete an ILMI address prefix
Enter the delprfx command to remove an ILMI address prefix associated with a UNI.
Syntax
delprfx <portid> <atm-prefix>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
atm-prefix
A 13-byte ATM address prefix, specified as 26 hexadecimal digits.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-85
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
disablesscop
disablesscop
Disable SSCOP on a port
Enter the disablesscop command to enable/disable SSCOP on a port. This command can only be used
when a port is administratively down (by dnpnport).
Syntax
disablesscop <portid> {yes | no}
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
yes | no
Disables/enables SSCOP on a port. The default is no (do not disable SSCOP on a port)
Examples
Disable SSCOP on a port:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dnpnport 0.1.2
spirita.1.PXM.a > disablesscop 0.1.2 yes
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Enable SSCOP on a port:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dnpnport 0.1.2
spirita.1.PXM.a > disablesscop 0.1.2 no
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-86
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dncon
dncon
Down a connection
Enter the dncon command to down a connection. If the connection is routed, it will be derouted.
Syntax
dncon <portid> <vpi> <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface Number. Can be in the range of 1 through 60.
vpi
Specify the starting VPI to view active calls starting from the specified VPI of
the specified port. This parameter is used only if the port is specified.
vci
Specify the starting VCI to view active calls starting from the specified VPI/VCI
of the specified port. This parameter is used only if the VPI is specified.
Example
Down a connection on a port. Set the starting VPI to 1. Set the starting VCI to 100:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dncon 0.1.2 1 100
Admin state of connection is DOWN
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-87
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dnpnport
dnpnport
Down a PNNI port
Enter the dnpnport command to take a specified UNI or NNI port out of service on the controller
(administratively “down” on the controller). This command is used to bring a port out of service for
provisioning and maintenance activity. For example, the port needs to be down to change some of the
port configuration parameters which are service affecting.
Syntax
dnpnport <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dnpnport 0.1.2
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-88
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspabrtparmdft
dspabrtparmdft
Display ABR traffic parameter defaults
Enter the dspabrtparmdft command to display default ABR traffic parameters used by a port to set up ABR
SPVCs.
Syntax
dspabrtparmdft <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be configured.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspabrtparmdft 0.1.1
Default ABR Traffic Parameters For: 1:-1.1:-1
----------------------------------RIF : 7 (= 1/512)
RDF : 4 (= 1/4096)
TBE : 1048320 (Cells)
NRM : 5 (= 32 Cells)
TRM : 8 (= 100 msec)
ADTF: 50 (= 0.50 Sec)
CDF : 7 (= 1/2)
FSD : 0 (microSec)
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-89
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspaddr
dspaddr
Display ATM addresses.
Enter the dspaddr command to view ATM addresses and associated information, such as address plan
and scope for a UNI or IISP.
Syntax
dspaddr <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be configured.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspaddr 0.1.1
14085252222
length: 11
scope: 0
type: internal
plan: e164
proto: local
redistribute: false
47.0091.8111.11
length: 48
type: internal
proto: local
scope: 0
plan: nsap_icd
redistribute: false
47.0091.8100.0000.1122.3344.5566.6655.4433.2211.00
length: 160
type: internal
proto: local
scope: 0
plan: nsap_icd
redistribute: false
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-90
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspatmaddr
dspatmaddr
Display active ATM addresses
Enter the dspatmaddr command to view all active ATM addresses for a port. The output includes
configured ATM addresses, configured ILMI address prefixes, and ATM addresses registered via ILMI
address registration procedure.
Syntax
dspatmaddr <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be configured.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspatmaddr 0.1.2
Port Id: 2.1
Configured Port Address(es):
39.8401.8011.3744.0000.0040.1005.3456.7834.7777.77
88.8888.8888.0000.0000.0000.0000.0000.0000.5151.00
ILMI Configured Port Prefix(es):
47.0091.8100.0000.0000.0ca7.9e01
88.8888.8888.0000.0000.0000.0000
ILMI Registered Port Address(es):
47.0091.8100.0000.0000.0ca7.9e01.1234.5678.9012.34
88.8888.8888.0000.0000.0000.0000.1234.5678.9012.34
LECS Address(es):
47.0091.8100.0000.0000.0ca7.9e01.4000.0c81.9030.01
47.0091.8100.0000.0000.0ca7.9e01.4000.0c81.9030.02
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-91
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspcdvtdft
dspcdvtdft
Display the CDVT default
Enter the dspcdvtdft command to view the default CDVT set for a specified port.
Syntax
dspcdvtdft <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be configured.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspcdvtdft 0.1.2
cbr:
rt-vbr:
nrt-vbr:
CDVT:
250000
250000
ubr:
250000
abr:
250000
250000
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-92
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspcon
dspcon
Display SPVC connections
Enter the dspcon command to display a summary of soft PVC connections on a specific port or all ports.
This command only applies to endpoint nodes.
Syntax
dspcon <portid> <vpi> <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port ID for the soft PVC.
vpi
Specifies the VPI for the soft PVC.
vci
Specifies the VCI for the soft PVC. If no VCI is specified, this is a SPVP
connection.
Examples
Display a non-ABR SPVC:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspcon 3:1.5:1 1 100
Port
Vpi Vci
Owner
State
------------------------------------------------------------------------Local 3:1.5:1
1.100
MASTER
OK
Address: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030500.00
Remote 3:1.1:1
1.100
SLAVE
OK
Address: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
-------------------- Provisioning Parameters -------------------Connection Type: VCC
Cast Type: Point-to-Point
Service Category: UBR
Conformance: UBR.1
Bearer Class: BCOB-X
Last Fail Cause: SPVC Established
Attempts: 1
Continuity Check: Disabled
Frame Discard: Disabled
L-Utils: 100
R-Utils: 100
Max Cost: -1
Routing Cost: 0
---------- Traffic Parameters ---------Tx PCR: 50
Rx PCR: 50
Tx SCR: 50
Rx SCR: 50
Tx MBS: 1024
Rx MBS: 1024
Tx CDVT: 250000
Rx CDVT: 250000
Tx CDV: -1
Rx CDV: -1
Tx CTD: -1
Rx CTD: -1
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
------- SES Parameters only ---------Tx AIS:0
Rx AIS:0
Rx Abit:0
lpbk_type
:Non Destructive
lpbk_dir
:forward - tstdelay
lpbk_status
:Success
round trip delay:2000 usec
Stats
:Disabled
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-93
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspcon
Display an ABR SPVC:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspcon 2:1.1:1 10 100
Port
Vpi Vci
Owner
State
------------------------------------------------------------------------Local 3:1.1:1
10.100
SLAVE
FAIL
Address: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
Remote Routed MASTER
FAIL
Address: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
-------------------- Provisioning Parameters -------------------Connection Type: VCC
Cast Type: Point-to-Point
Service Category: ABR
Conformance: ABR
Bearer Class: BCOB-X
Last Fail Cause: Invalid SPVC cause
Attempts: 0
Continuity Check: Disabled
Frame Discard: Disabled
L-Utils: 0
R-Utils: 0
Max Cost: 0
Routing Cost: 0
---------- Traffic Parameters ---------Tx PCR: 50
Rx PCR: 50
Tx SCR: 50
Rx SCR: 50
Tx MBS: 1024
Rx MBS: 1024
Tx CDVT: 250000
Rx CDVT: 250000
Tx CDV: -1
Rx CDV: -1
Tx CTD: -1
Rx CTD: -1
---------- ABR Traffic Parameters ---------Tx MCR: 0
Rx MCR: 0
Tx ICR: 50
Rx ICR: 50
Tx RIF: 7
Rx RIF: 7
Tx RDF: 7
Rx RDF: 7
Tx TBE: 1048320
Rx TBE: 1048320
Tx NRM: 5
Rx NRM: 5
Tx TRM: 8
Rx TRM: 8
Tx CDF: 7
Rx CDF: 7
Tx ADTF: 50
Rx ADTF: 50
Tx FRTT: 0
Rx FRTT: 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
------- SES Parameters only ---------Tx AIS:0
Rx AIS:0
Rx Abit:0
lpbk_type
:Non Destructive
lpbk_dir
:forward - tstdelay
lpbk_status
:Success
round trip delay:2000 usec
Stats
:Disabled
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-94
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspconinfo
dspconinfo
Display SPVC connection information
Enter the dspconinfo command to display the total number of SPVCs on each PNNI port on the node.
Syntax
dspconinfo [-port PortID]
Syntax Description
-port
Interface number.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspconinfo 0.1.1
Local Port
#Active
#Fail
#AISFail #ABITFail
#Total
----------------------------+-----------------------------+------2.7
3328
0
0
0
3328
3.3
3328
0
0
0
3328
3.4
3408
0
0
0
3408
3.5
3328
0
0
0
3328
3.6
3328
0
0
0
3328
5.1
3328
0
0
0
3328
5.2
3328
0
0
0
3328
5.3
3328
0
0
0
3328
5.5
3328
0
0
0
3328
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-95
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspcons
dspcons
Display SPVC connections
Enter the dspcons command to display a summary of soft PVC connections on a specific port or all ports.
This command only applies to endpoint nodes.
Syntax
dspcons <portid> [-vpi starting-vpi] [-vci starting-vci] [-state {fail | ok | down | ais}] [-owner
{master | slave}]
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port ID. If no port is specified, a summary of soft PVC connections
for all ports are displayed.
-vpi
Specifies the starting VPI. This parameter can only be used if port is specified.
-vci
Specifies the starting VCI. This parameter can only be used if VPI is specified.
-state
Specifies the routing state. Only connections of the specified routing state are
displayed.
-owner
•
fail = unrouted
•
ok = routed
•
down = downed
•
ais = routed
Specifies the end (master or slave) of the connection in control of re-routing.
Only connections of the specified end are displayed.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspcons
Local Port
Vpi.Vci
Remote Port
Vpi.Vci
State
Owner
----------------------------+-----------------------------+-------+-----3:-1.1:-1
1 100
3:-1.5:-1
1 100
OK
SLAVE
Local Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
Remote Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030500.00
3:-1.1:-1
1 101
10:-1.1:-1
1 100
OK
MASTER
Local Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
Remote Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.0000000a0100.00
3:-1.1:-1
1 102
10:-1.1:-1
1 101
OK
MASTER
Local Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
Remote Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.0000000a0100.00
3:-1.1:-1
1 103
10:-1.1:-1
1 102
OK
MASTER
Local Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
Remote Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.0000000a0100.00
3:-1.1:-1
1 104
10:-1.1:-1
1 103
OK
MASTER
Local Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
Remote Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.0000000a0100.00
3:-1.1:-1
1 105
10:-1.1:-1
1 104
OK
MASTER
Local Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.000000030100.00
Remote Addr: 47.00918100000000107bc15348.0000000a0100.00
3:-1.1:-1
1 106
10:-1.1:-1
1 105
OK
MASTER
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-96
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspcons
Note
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop.
Field
Description
Local Port
Physical id of the port (local).
VPI
Number of the virtual path identifier (local).
VCI
Number of the virtual channel identifier (local).
Remote Port
Physical id of the port at the other end.
VPI
Number of the virtual path identifier at the other end.
VCI
Number of the virtual channel identifier at the other end.
State
Routing state of the connection (OK/DOWN/FAIL).
Owner
End of the connection in control of re-routing (Master/Slave).
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-97
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspconsegep
dspconsegep
Display SPVC connections
Enter the dspconsegep command to view an OAM segment endpoint for a connection endpoint. When
both VPI and VCI are present, the segment endpoint is a F5 flow endpoint (for VCCs). When the optional
VCI is not present, the segment endpoint is a F4 flow endpoint (for VPCs). This command is used only
for established calls.
Syntax
dspconsegep <portid> <vpi> [vci]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
vpi
VPI of the connection.
vci
VCI of the connection.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspconsegep 4.1 44 35
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-98
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspenhiisp
dspenhiisp
Display enhanced IISP settings
Enter the dspenhiisp command to view the enhanced IISP setting for a specific port or all ports.
Syntax
dspenhiisp <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
If port ID is not specified, then the enhanced IISP setting for all ports will be
displayed.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspenhiisp 0.1.1
Enhanced IISP Features Setting
Enabled
Port Id
<portid1>
yes
<portid2>
no
...
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-99
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspfltset
dspfltset
Display an ATM filter set
Enter the dspfltset command to display a specific ATM filter set or a summary of ATM filter sets.
Syntax
dspfltset [- name <name>]
Syntax Description
-name
Indicates the name of the filter set to present. If no filter set name is
specified, a summary of the ATM filter sets is displayed.
Examples
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspfltset -name SanJose
FilterName: SanJose
Index: 1
Address: 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
AddrLen: 160 bits
AddrPlan: Nsap
AccessMode: Permit
AddrList: Calling Party List
--------------------------------------FilterName: SanJose
Index: 2
Address: 1800
AddrLen: 16 bits
AddrPlan: E164
AccessMode: Permit
Filter Address Type : NSAP Prefix
AddrList: Called Party List
---------------------------------------
Output example for the dspfltset command:
dspfltset
Filter Number: 1
FilterName: SanJose
CgPtyAbsentAction: Permit
CdPtyAbsentAction: Permit
--------------------------------------Filter Number: 2
FilterName: sunnyvale
CgPtyAbsentAction: Permit
CdPtyAbsentAction: Permit
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-100
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspilmiaddr
dspilmiaddr
Display ATM ILMI addresses
Enter the dspilmiaddr command to view ATM address(es) registered by the peer via ILMI address
registration procedure.
Syntax
dspilmiaddr <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be displayed.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspilmiaddr 0.1.2
ILMI Registered Port Address(es):
47.0091.8100.0000.0000.0ca7.9e01.1234.5678.9012.34
88.8888.8888.0000.0000.0000.0000.1234.5678.9012.34
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-101
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspintfcongcntr
dspintfcongcntr
Display interface congestion configuration thresholds
Enter the dspintfcongcntr command to view the current configuration of the congestion thresholds for
a specified port.
Note
The dspintfcongcntr command cannot be used if the interface is in the PROVISIONING state.
Syntax
dspintfcongcntr <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be displayed.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspintfcongcntr 0.1.2
Parameter
Value
thresh1 thresh2
============================================================
setupRx
0
90
105
unackstatenq
0
40
100
Parameter
Value
Mild
Medium
Severe
============================================================
vsiqdepth
0
5
10
20
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Note
vsiqdepth is the depth of the VSI queue for the slave that serves the interface. It is identified by
portid, which is displayed as the percentage of the VSI communication window size.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-102
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspintfcongflags
dspintfcongflags
Display interface congestion flags
Enter the dspintfcongflags command to view various congestion detection and action flags maintained
at the CCM interface level.
Syntax
dspintfcongflags <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be displayed.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspintfcongflags 2.1
Congestion Detection Flags for Interface:10.2
Parameter
Value
===================================
vsimildcongflg
FALSE
vsimedcongflg
FALSE
vsiseverecongflg
FALSE
setupflg
FALSE
unackstatenqcongflg
FALSE
Congestion Action Flags for Interface:10.2
Parameter
Value
===================================
dropsetupflg
FALSE
dropestabflg
FALSE
queuerel
FALSE
markcallsforrelflag
FALSE
pacevsiresyncflg
FALSE
pacestatenqflg
FALSE
speedjournalflg
FALSE
pacepnniroutecalflg
FALSE
lowersetupthflg
FALSE
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-103
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspintfcongth
dspintfcongth
Display interface congestion thresholds
Enter the dspintfcongth command to view the current configuration of the congestion thresholds for a
specified port.
Syntax
dspintfcongth <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be displayed.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspintfcongth 1
Congestion Thresholds for port :10.3
Parameter
--------setuphi
unackedStatEnqLo
unackedStatEnqHi
Value
----105
40
100
unit
---cps
messages
messages
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-104
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspmbsdft
dspmbsdft
Display MBS default
Enter the dspmbsdft command to view the default MBS currently configured for a specified port.
Syntax
dspmbsdft <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be displayed.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspmbsdft 2.1
rt-vbr:
rt-vbr:
MBS:
1024
1024
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-105
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspnodalcongcntr
dspnodalcongcntr
Display Nodal Congestion Threshold Configuration
Enter the dspnodalcongcntr command to view the current configuration of the congestion thresholds
for a specified port.
Syntax
dspnodalcongcntr
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspnodalcongcntr
Nodal Congestion counters:
Parameter
Value
thresh1 thresh2
============================================================
setupRx
0
90
105
statenqRx
0
100
200
connpending
0
400
500
incompljournal
0
5
Parameter
Value
Mild
Medium
Severe
============================================================
vsiqdepth
0
5
10
20
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-106
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspnodalcongflags
dspnodalcongflags
Display Nodal Congestion Flags
Enter the dspnodalcongflags command to view various congestion detection and action flags
maintained at the CCM node level.
Syntax
dspnodalcongflags
Example
Nodal Congestion Detection Flags are
espses3.1.PXM.a > dspnodalcongflags
Parameter
Value
===================================
memflg
FALSE
ipcflg
FALSE
sarflg
FALSE
remstatenqflg
FALSE
incompjournalingflg
FALSE
setupflg
FALSE
connpendingflg
FALSE
connswitchoverflg
FALSE
conntrfparmflg
FALSE
conntrfabrflg
FALSE
Nodal Congestion Action Flags are
Parameter
Value
===================================
dropsetupflg
FALSE
dropestabflg
FALSE
queuerel
FALSE
markcallsforrelflag
FALSE
pacevsiresyncflg
FALSE
pacestatenqflg
FALSE
speedjournalflg
FALSE
pacepnniroutecalflg
FALSE
lowersetupthflg
FALSE
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-107
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspnodalcongth
dspnodalcongth
Display Nodal Congestion Thresholds
Enter the dspnodalcongth command to view the current configuration of the nodal congestion
thresholds.
Syntax
dspnodalcongth
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspnodalcongth
Parameter
Value
Unit
=================================
setuphi(prov)
105
cps
setuphi(curr)
105
cps
statenqlo
100
cps
statenqhi
200
cps
connpendinglo
400
messages
connpendinghi
500
messages
incompjournalhi
5
cycles
vsiqdepthmild
5
multiplier
vsiqdepthmedium
10
multiplier
vsiqdepthsevere
20
multiplier
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-108
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspoamsegep
dspoamsegep
Display OAM Segment Endpoint
Enter the dspoamsegep command to view the segment endpoint for F4 and F5 OAM flow on a specified
port.
Syntax
dspoamsegep <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Specifies the port to be displayed.
Example
dspoamsegep 2.1
Port
OAM End Point
2.3
Yes
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-109
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppncon
dsppncon
Display PNNI connection information
Enter the dsppncon command to view information for an active call. The displayed call information
corresponds to the objects described in the portCallTable and portAbrCallTable MIBs. This command
can be issued at any node in the route path.
Syntax
dsppncon <portid> <vpi> <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
Port ID for the call.
vpi
VPI for the call.
vci
VCI for the call. If no VCI is specified, this is a VP connection.
Examples
To configure a non-ABR call:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppncon 5.3 33 44
Port: 5.3
VPI: 33 VCI: 44
CallRef: <call-id>
CallLeafRef: <leaf-id>
Calling-address: <calling AESA address>
Calling-subaddress: <calling AESA sub-address>
Called-address: <called AESA address>
Called-subaddress: <called AESA sub-address>
OE port: <oe_port_id>
OE VPI: <oe_vpi>
OE VCI: <oe_vci>
OE callRef: <oe_callid>
Call-start-time: <timestamp>
Connection-type: SVC
Cast-type: point-to-point
Bearer-class: <bc>
Service-category: CBR
Call-clipping-susceptibility: no
Tx conformance: CBR.1
Rx conformance: CBR.1
Tx pcr: <tx pcr>
Rx pcr: <rx pcr>
Tx scr: <tx scr>
Rx scr: <rx scr>
Tx mbs: <tx mbs>
Rx mbs: <rx mbs>
Tx cdvt: <tx cdvt>
Rx cdvt: <rx cdvt>
Tx frame-discard-option: disable
Rx frame-discard-option: disable
Max ctd: <max ctd>
Max Tx cdv: <max tx cdv>
Max Rx cdv: <max rx cdv>
Max Tx clr: <max tx clr>
Max Rx clr: <max rx clr>
To configure an ABR call:
sspirita.1.PXM.a > dsppncon 5.3 100 200
Port: 5.3 VPI: 100 VCI: 200
CallRef: <call-id>
CallLeafRef: <leaf-id>
Calling-address: <calling AESA address>
Calling-subaddress: <calling AESA sub-address>
Called-address: <called AESA address>
Called-subaddress: <called AESA sub-address>
OE port: <oe_port_id>
OE VPI: <oe_vpi>
OE VCI: <oe_vci>
OE callRef: <oe_callid>
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-110
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppncon
Call-start-time: <timestamp>
Connection-type: SVC
Cast-type: point-to-point
Bearer-class: <bc>
Service-category: ABR
Call-clipping-susceptibility: no
Tx conformance: ABR
Tx pcr: <tx pcr>
Rx pcr: <rx pcr>
Tx mcr: <tx mcr>
Rx mcr: <rx mcr>
Tx icr: <tx icr>
Rx icr: <rx icr>
Tx rif: <tx rif>
Rx rif: <rx rif>
Tx rdf: <tx rdf>
Rx rdf: <rx rdf>
Tx tbe: <tx tbe>
Rx tbe: <rx tbe>
Tx nrm: <tx nrm>
Rx nrm: <rx nrm>
Tx trm: <tx trm>
Rx trm: <rx trm>
Tx adtf: <tx adtf>
Rx adtf: <rx adtf>
Tx cdf: <tx cdf>
Rx cdf: <rx cdf>
Tx frame-discard-option: disable
Rx frame-discard-option: disable
Frtt: <frtt>
Max ctd: <max ctd>
Max Tx cdv: <max tx cdv>
Max Rx cdv: <max rx cdv>
Max Tx clr: <max tx clr>
Max Rx clr: <max rx clr>
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-111
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppncons
dsppncons
Display PNNI configuration
Enter the dsppncons command to view a summary of active calls on a specific port or all ports. This
command can be issued at any node
dsppncons <portid> [-vpi starting-vpi] [-vci starting-vci] [-type {p2p | p2mp}]
Syntax Description
portid
Port identifier. If not port specified, a summary of active calls for all ports
are displayed.
-vpi
Specify the starting VPI to view active calls starting from the specified VPI
of the specified port. This parameters can only be used if port is specified.
-vci
Specify the starting VCI to view active calls starting from the specified
VPI/VCI of the specified port. This parameters can only be used if VPI is
specified.
-type
Specify the cast type. Only calls of the specified cast type are displayed.
Examples
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppncons 2.1
PortVPIVCICallRefX-PortVPIVCI CallRef Type OAM-Type
5.303213.20321MTP No
Calling-Addr: <clg AESA addr>
Called-Addr: <cld AESA addr>
5.303323.20332MTPNo
Calling-Addr: <clg AESA addr>
Called-Addr: <cld AESA addr>
5.303433.20343MTPNo
Calling-Addr: <clg AESA addr>
Called-Addr: <cld AESA addr>
...
5.4041103.804110PTPYes
Calling-Addr: <clg AESA addr>
Called-Addr: <cld AESA addr>
5.4042113.804211PTPYes
Calling-Addr: <clg AESA addr>
Called-Addr: <cld AESA addr>
Port
Physical ID of the specified port.
VPI
Number of the virtual path identifier.
VCI
Number of the virtual channel identifier.
CallRef
Call reference number.
X-Port
Physical ID of the cross-connected value for the port.
X-VPI
Number of the cross-connected value of the virtual path identifier.
X-VCI
Number of the cross-connected value of the virtual channel identifier.
X-CallRef
Call reference number of the other port.
Type
Cast type.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-112
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppncons
Calling-Addr
NSAP address of the calling party.
Called-Addr
NSAP address of the called party.
...
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-113
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnconstats
dsppnconstats
Display PNNI configuration statistics
Enter the dsppnconstats command to display call statistics for a port.
Syntax
dsppnconstats <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Port Identifier.
Examples
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnconstats 2.1
Call Statistics for <portid>
Incoming Call Attempts:0Outgoing Call Attempts:0
Incoming Call Success:0Outgoing Call Success:0
Incoming Call Failures:0Outgoing Call Failures:0
Incoming Filtering Failures:0Outgoing Filtering Failures:0
Incoming Routing Failures:0Outgoing Routing Failures:0
Incoming CAC Failures:0Outgoing CAC Failures:0
Incoming Timer Failures:0Outgoing Timer Failures:0
Incoming Crankback Failures:0Outgoing Crankback Failures:0
Incoming Call
Attempts
Number of incoming signaling messages (setup and add party) received on
this port for call establishment.
Incoming Call Success
Number of incoming signaling messages (connect and add party) received on
this port, which indicate successful call establishment.
Incoming Call Failures
Number of incoming point-to-point and point-to-multipoint SVC/SPVC call
attempts that failed on this port.
Incoming Filtering
Failures
Number of incoming point-to-point and point-to-point SVC/SPVC call
attempts that failed the address filtering on this port.
Incoming Routing
Failures
Number of incoming point-to-point and point-to-multipoint SVC/SPVC call
attempts that failed on this port because there was no route to the destination.
Incoming CAC Failures Number of incoming point-to-point and point-to-multipoint SVC/SPVC call
attempts that failed on this port because there were not enough resources as
requested in the traffic parameters of the call.
Incoming Timer
Failures
Number of signaling timers that timed out on incoming point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint SVC/SPVC calls received on this port.
Incoming Crankback
Failures
Number of crankback IEs received on this port for incoming point-to-point
and point-to-multipoint SVC/SPVC call attempts.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-114
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnctlvc
dsppnctlvc
Display PNNI control VC parameters
Enter the dsppnctlvc command to display configuration of the control VC parameters.
Syntax
dsppnctlvc <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Port Identifier.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnctlvc 10.3
vc type = pnnircc
service category : vbr-nrt PCR : 906
SCR : 453 MBS : 171
vc type = sscop
service category : vbr-nrt PCR : 1500
SCR : 900 MBS : 250
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-115
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnilmi
dsppnilmi
Display PNNI ILIM configuration
Enter the dsppnilmi command to view the current ILMI service configuration for a specified port.
Syntax
dsppnilmi <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Port Identifier.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnilmi 9.2
Port: 9.2
Port Type: PNNI
Side: symmetric
Autoconfig: enable
UCSM:disable
Secure Link Protocol: disable
Change of Attachment Point Procedures: enable
Modification of Local Attributes Standard Procedure: enable
Addressreg: Permit All
VPI:
0
VCI:
16
Max Prefix:
16
Total Prefix:
0
Max Address:
64
Total Address:
0
Resync State:
4
Node Prefix:yes
Peer Port Id:
590080
System_Id :56.52.52.49.48.56
Peer Addressreg: enable
ILMI Link State :UpAndNormal
ILMI Configured Port Prefix(es):
47.0091.8100.0000.0000.0ca7.9e01
88.8888.8888.0000.0000.0000.0000
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-116
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-bn-path
dsppnni-bn-path
Display the PNNI border node paths
Enter the dsppnni-bn-path command to display the PNNI border node paths calculated by a PGL node
in a given peer group. The node-index specifies the PGL node implemented on this switching system.
This command is used for debugging purposes.
Syntax
dsppnni-bn-path <node-index>
Syntax Description
node-index
Node identifier.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-bn-path 1
node index: 1
Source node number...
2
Dest node number.....
37
Source node id........0:0:00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
Dest node id..........0:0:00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
AW
MCR
AvCR
CTD
CDV
CLR0
CLR0+1
CRM
VF
CBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
RTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
NRTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
ABR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
UBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-117
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-bypass
dsppnni-bypass
Display the PNNI bypass table
Enter the dsppnni-bypass command to view the PNNI bypass table for a LGN using complex node
representation in a given peer group.
The node-index specifies the LGN implemented on this switching system. This is used for debug
purpose.
Syntax
dsppnni-bypass <node-index>
Syntax Description
node-index
Node identifier.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-bypass 1
node index: 1
Input portId........
Ptse id.............
AW
MCR
AvCR
CTD
CDV
CLR0
CLR0+1
CRM
VF
CBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
376
12
RTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
NRTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
Output portId........
Flags................
ABR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
399
a3
UBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-118
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-election
dsppnni-election
Display PNNI election information
Enter the dsppnni-election command to display the PGL election information for a specified node or all
nodes on the local switching system.
Syntax
dsppnni-election [node-index]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node Identifier.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-election 1
node index: 1
PGL state......
Priority.......
Starting
0
Init time(sec)......
15
Override delay(sec).
30
Re-election time(sec)
15
Pref PGL...............0:0:00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
PGL....................0:0:00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
Active parent node id..0:0:00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-119
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-idb
dsppnni-idb
Display PNNI Internal Topology Database
Enter the dsppnni-idb command to display the PNNI internal topology database for a specific logical
node or for all logical nodes on this switching system. This command is used for debugging purposes.
Syntax
dsppnni-idb [node-index][nodeNumber <node number>][portid]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node Identifier.
nodeNumber Node number.
portid
Port Identifier.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-idb 1 36 2.1
node index: 1
Local port id.......
66048
Remote port id.......
66048
Local link index....
1
Remote link index....
1
Local node number...
1
Remote node number...
2
PGL node index......
0 LGN node index......
0
Transit restricted..
off
Complex node.........
off
Branching restricted
off
PGL..................
false
Ancestor............
false
Border node..........
false
VP capable..........
true
Link type............horizontal
Non-transit for PGL election..
off
node id...............56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f07.00107be92f07.00
node name:
AW
MCR
AvCR
CTD
CDV
CLR0
CLR0+1
CRM
VF
CBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
forward
RTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
direction
NRTVBR
ABR
----------5040
5040
0
0
100000
100000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
10
5
5
UBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-120
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-inducing-uplink
dsppnni-inducing-uplink
Display PNNI Inducing Uplink Database
Enter the dsppnni-inducing-uplink command to view the PNNI inducing uplink database for a logical
node or for all logical nodes on this switching system. This command is used for debugging purposes.
Syntax
dsppnni-inducing-uplink [node-index]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node identifier.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-inducing-uplink 1
node index: 1
Token................
123
Child node portId....
1200
Child node number....
2
Upnode id.............0:0:00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
Upnode ATM addr.......00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
Upnode PG id..........30:47.00.9181.0000.0000.0000.0000.00
AW
MCR
AvCR
CTD
CDV
CLR0
CLR0+1
CRM
VF
CBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
n/a
10
5
RTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
n/a
10
5
NRTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
n/a
10
5
ABR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
n/a
10
5
UBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
n/a
10
5
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-121
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-intf
dsppnni-intf
Display PNNI Physical Interfaces
Enter the dsppnni-intf command to display the specified physical interfaces of the switch that operate
PNNI for the given port ID. The interfaces are either physical connections or configured VPCs. Each
interface is attached to a specific lowest-level node within the switching system. The traffic metrics and
attributes associated with each interface are also displayed as well.
The interfaces are displayed in ascending order of the port ID.
Syntax
dsppnni-intf <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-intf 1
Physical port id: 1.2
Aggr token..........
2
AW-CBR..............9615040487
AW-RTVBR............
5040
Logical port id: 66099
AW-NRTVBR...........
AW-ABR..............
AW-UBR..............
5040
5040
5040
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-122
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-link
dsppnni-link
Display PNNI Link Information
Enter the dsppnni-link command to display the information about a specific PNNI link or all PNNI
links. If the port id is not specified, all links attached to a specified node are displayed. If the node index
not specified, all links attached to PNNI nodes at all hierarchies on the single switching system are
displayed.
Syntax
dsppnni-link [node-index [port-id]]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index number.
portid
Interface number.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-link 1
node index: 1
Local port id: 4789876609
Type.lowestLevelHorizontalLink
Derive agg..........
0
SVC RCC index.......
0
Remote
Remote
Upnode
Upnode
Common
Remote port id: 66304
Hello state.....
twoWayInside
Intf Index...........
66048
Hello pkt RX.........
1248753
Hello pkt TX.........
1234565
node name.......ses001
node id.........56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f07.00107be92f07.00
id..............0:0:00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
ATM addr........00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
peer group id...00:00.00.0000.0000.0000.0000.0000.00
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-123
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-link-selection
dsppnni-link-selection
Display PNNI Link Selection
Enter the dsppnni-link-selection command to view the link selection on a link.
Syntax
dsppnni-link-selection <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-link-selection 2.1
physical port id:
logical port id:
1.2
66048
link selection: minaw
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-124
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-mtu
dsppnni-mtu
Display Maximum PNNI Packet Size
Enter the dsppnni-mtu command to show the maximum PNNI packet size in number of bytes.
Syntax
dsppnni-mtu
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-mtu
max packet size : 2048
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-125
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-neighbor
dsppnni-neighbor
Display PNNI Neighbor Information
Enter the dsppnni-neighbor command to display information of about a specific PNNI neighbor, or all
PNNI neighbors in a network. If remote node id is not specified, all neighbors attached to the specified
node are displayed. If the node index not specified, all neighbors attached to the PNNI nodes at all
hierarchies on the single switching system are displayed.
Syntax
dsppnni-neighbor [node-index [rmt-node-id]]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index number.
rmt-node-id
Remote Node Identifier.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-neighbor 1
node index: 1
node name
: ses001
Remote node id: 56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f07.00107be92f07.00
Neighbor state: FULL
Port count..........
0
SVC RCC index.......
0
RX DS pkts..........
2
TX DS pkts..........
2
RX PTSE req pkts....
125
TX PTSE req pkts....
134
RX PTSE ack pkts....
91
TX PTSE ack pkts....
84
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-126
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-node
dsppnni-node
Display PNNI Node
Enter the dsppnni-node command to display the PNNI logical nodes operating on a physical switching
system with the associated information. The node list is displayed in ascending order of internally
assigned PNNI node index, with 1 presenting the node at the lowest PNNI hierarchy.
If the node index is specified, the specific node information is displayed.
Syntax
dsppnni-node [node-index]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index number.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-node 1
node index: 1
node name: Dean
Level...............
56
Lowest..............
true
Restricted transit..
off
Complex node........
off
Branching restricted
on
Admin status........
up
Operational status..
up
Non-transit for PGL election..
off
Node id...............56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f07.00107be92f07.00
ATM address...........47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.00
Peer group id.........38:47.00.9181.0000.0000.0000.0000.00
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-127
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-node-list
dsppnni-node-list
Display PNNI Node List
Enter the dspnni-node-list command to display PNNI logical nodes attached to this switch with the
associated information. The node list is in an ascending order of the internally assigned PNNI node
index. 1 indicates the node at the lowest PNNI hierarchy.
If the node index is specified, the specific node information is displayed.
Syntax
dsppnni-node-list
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-node-list
node # node id
node name
------- -------------------------------------------------- ---------1
56:160:47.0091810000000030ff0fef38.0030ff0fef38.01 Geneva
node # node id
node name
------- -------------------------------------------------- ---------2
56:160:47.00918100000000050fff0e02.00050fff0e02.01 NewYork
node # node id
node name
------- -------------------------------------------------- ---------3
56:160:47.00918100000000500fffe001.00500fffe001.01 Toronto
node # node id
node name
------- -------------------------------------------------- ---------4
56:160:47.00918100000000309409f321.00309409f321.01 Boston
node # node id
node name
------- -------------------------------------------------- ---------5
56:160:47.00918100000000050fffe002.00050fffe002.01 HongKong(Rt2)
node #
node id
node name
------- -------------------------------------------------- ---------6
56:160:47.00918100000000309409f17c.00309409f17c.01 Sydney(Rt1)
node # node id
node name
------- -------------------------------------------------- ---------7
56:160:47.00918100000000309409f010.00309409f010.01 Bombay
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-128
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-path
dsppnni-path
Display PNNI Paths (to a Node or Nodes)
Enter the dsppnni-path command to display the pre-calculated routes to a specified node or all nodes,
depending on if the node index is given, on a specified brandwidth bracket.
Syntax
dsppnni-path [-aw {cbr|rtvbr|nrtvbr|ubr|abr}] [-ctd {cbr|rtvbr|nrtvbr}] [-cdv {cbr|rtbvr}]
[node-index]
Syntax Description
-aw
Administrative Weight. This option specifies the routing cost. PNNI uses the
AW parameter to choose a route based on weights assigned for different routes.
Default = -1
-ctd
Specifies the CTD required for the connection in the local -> remote direction.
Default = -1
-cdv
Specifies the CDV required for the connection in the local -> remote direction.
Default = -1
node-index
Specifies the LGN implemented on this switching system.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-path aw dbr 1
node #/PortId
--------------D 2/
0
S 1/
66048
node id
-------------------------------------------------56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f07.00107be92f07.00
56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f09.00107be92f09.00
node name
------------Dean
Jerry
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-129
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-pkttrace
dsppnni-pkttrace
Display PNNI Packet Trace Options
Enter the dsppnni-pkttrace command to display the packet trace option for each link.
Syntax
dsppnni-pkttrace <tx|rx> [node-index] [-portId port-id] [-svcIndex svc-index ]
Syntax Description
rx | tx
Direction of the packet flow.
tx = transmitted.
rx = received
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node.
-portid
Logical port identifier of the port on which the packet trace has to be turned on
or off.
-svcIndex
SVC Index of the SVC-based RCC on which the packet trace is turned on or off.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-pkttrace rx
Node Index : 1
Port id:
65792
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66048
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66304
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66561
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66562
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66563
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66564
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66565
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66566
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66567
Rx Pkt Trace off
Node Index : 1
Port id:
66568
Rx Pkt Trace off
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-130
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-ptse
dsppnni-ptse
Display PNNI Node PTSE
Enter the dsppnni-ptse command to display a PTSE in a specified PNNI node, originated by a specified
node, and of a specified PTSE id. If ptse-id not specified, all PTSEs originated by a specified node in
the specified node’s database displayed, and if node-id also not specified, all PTSEs in the specified
node’s database displayed. If node-index not specified, PTSEs stored in PNNI nodes at all hierarchies
on a local switching system are displayed.
Syntax
dsppnni-ptse [node-index] [node-id] [ptse-id] [-detail {true|false}]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node.
node-id
The 22-byte PNNI node id assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a local
switching system. If the node-id is not specified, the default value will be used.
Once the node-id is assigned, it can be changed only when the administrative
status of the node is disabled.
ptse-id
PTSE in the specified node.
-detail
Specifies the amount of information to be displayed. If detail is not present, only
the content of the PTSE header is displayed. Otherwise, all the contained
information groups, if any, are displayed as well.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-ptse 1
node index: 1
originating node name: Krishna
originating node id: 56:160:47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.00
Type................
64
Length..............
1200
Sequence number.....
1
Checksum............
94d
PTSE id.............
1
Remaining lifetime..
2997
PTSE type...........
Nodal Info( 97)
Type................
97
Length..............
65
Priority............
0
Flags...............
f8
ATM addr..............47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.00
Pref PGL id...........0:0:00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
binding info: Type 192,
next level LGN node id.
next level LGN ATM addr
next level LGN PG id...
next level LGN PGL id..
Length 76
48:56:47.009181000000000000000000.0000c0326496.00
47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.30
30:47.00.9181.0000.0000.0000.0000.00
30:48:56:47.009181000000000000000000.0000c0326496.00
node index: 1
originating node name: Liz
originating node id: 56:160:47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.00
Type................
64
Length..............
1200
Sequence number.....
1
Checksum............
94d
PTSE id.............
2
Remaining lifetime..
2997
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-131
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-ptse
PTSE type........... Nodal State Parameter( 96)
Type................
Reserved............
Input port id.......
96
0
48
Length..............
Flags...............
Output port id......
65
0
12
Type(outgoing RA)
Flags............
AW...............
CLR=0............
maxCR(cells/sec)
CTD(micro-sec)...
Type(GCAC)....
CRM...........
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
Length..............
VF..................
0
0
0
0
0
Type(incoming RA)
Flags............
AW...............
CLR=0............
maxCR(cells/sec)
CTD(micro-sec)...
4
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
0
0
0
node index: 1
originating node name: Liz
originating node id: 56:160:47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.00
Type................
64
Length..............
1200
Sequence number.....
1
Checksum............
94d
PTSE id.............
2
Remaining lifetime..
2997
PTSE type........... Int Reach Addr(244)
Type................
224
Length..............
Reserved............
0
Flags...............
Port id.............
48
Scope...............
Ail... .............
0
Aic.................
Prefix..............47.0091.8100.0000.0010.7be9.2f07/104
Prefix..............47.0091.8100.0000.0010.7be9.2f44/94
65
0
0
0
Type(outgoing RA)
Flags............
AW...............
CLR=0............
maxCR(cells/sec)
CTD(micro-sec)...
Type(GCAC)....
CRM...........
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
Length..............
VF..................
0
0
0
0
0
Type(incoming RA)
Flags............
AW...............
CLR=0............
maxCR(cells/sec)
CTD(micro-sec)...
4
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
0
0
0
Type(incoming RA)
Flags............
AW...............
CLR=0............
maxCR(cells/sec)
CTD(micro-sec)...
Type(GCAC)....
CRM...........
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
Length..............
VF..................
0
0
0
0
0
node index: 1
originating node name: Liz
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-132
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-ptse
originating node id: 56:160:47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.00
Type................
64
Length..............
1200
Sequence number.....
1
Checksum............
94d
PTSE id.............
4
Remaining lifetime..
2997
PTSE type...........
Horiz Link(288)
Type................
288
Length..............
65
Aggregation token...
0
Flags...............
f8
Remote node id......
4
Local port..........7158763985
Remote node id......56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f07.00107be92f07.00
Type(outgoing RA)
Flags............
AW...............
CLR=0............
maxCR(cells/sec)
CTD(micro-sec)...
Type(GCAC)....
CRM...........
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
Length..............
VF..................
0
0
0
0
0
node index: 1
originating node name: Liz
originating node id: 56:160:47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.00
Type................
64
Length..............
1200
Sequence number.....
1
Checksum............
94d
PTSE id.............
5
Remaining lifetime..
2997
PTSE type........... Ext Reach Addr(256)
Type................
256
Length..............
65
Reserved............
0
Flags.................
f8
Port id.............
48
Scope.................
0
Ail... .............
0
Aic...................
0
Prefix..............47.0091.8100.0000.0010.7be9.2f07/104
Prefix..............47.0091.8100.0000.0010.7be9.2f77/104
Prefix..............47.0091.8100.0000.0010.7be9.2f44/94
node index: 1
originating node name: Liz
originating node id: 56:160:47.0091810000000000c0326496.0000c0326496.00
Type................
64
Length..............
1200
Sequence number.....
1
Checksum............
94d
PTSE id.............
6
Remaining lifetime..
2997
PTSE type...........
Uplink(289)
Type................
289
Length..............
65
Aggregation token...
0
Flags...............
f8
Reserved.....................0
Local port id.......
0
Upnode id...........56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f07.00107be92f07.00
Common PGL id.......56:160:47.00918100000000.107b.e92f.07
Upnode ATM addr.....00.000000000000000000000000.000000000000.00
Type(outgoing RA)...
Flags...............
AW..................
CLR=0...............
maxCR(cells/sec)...
CTD(micro-sec)......
Type(GCAC).......
CRM..............
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
Length..............
VF..................
0
0
0
0
0
Type(outgoing RA)...
Flags...............
AW..................
CLR=0...............
maxCR(cells/sec)...
CTD(micro-sec)......
2
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
0
0
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-133
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-ptse
Type(GCAC).......
CRM..............
0
0
Length..............
VF..................
0
0
Type(uplink IA).....
Sequence............
Type(outgoing RA)...
Flags...............
AW..................
CLR=0...............
maxCR(cells/sec)...
CTD(micro-sec)......
Type(GCAC).......
CRM..............
1
0
Length..............
66
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Length..............
Reserved............
0
0
CLR=0+1.............
AvCR(cells/sec).....
CDV(micro-sec)......
Length..............
VF..................
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-134
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-reachable-addr
dsppnni-reachable-addr
Display PNNI Reachable Addresses and Address Prefixes
Enter the dsppnni-reachable-addr command to display all the reachable addresses and address prefixes
as seen from the local node at the lowest PNNI hierarchy. If the option local is used, only those addresses
directly attached to the local node are displayed, along with the port ID. If the option network is used,
only those addresses advertised by other nodes are displayed, along with the advertising node ID.
Syntax
dsppnni-reachable-addr {local | network}
Syntax Description
local
Display addresses directly attached to the local node.
network
Display other network node addresses and node IDs.
Examples
Display addresses directly attached to the local node:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-reachable-addr local
scope...............
56
port id.............
Exterior............
false
ATM addr prefix.....47.0091.8100.0000.0010.7be9.2f07/104
2
Display other network node addresses and node IDs:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-reachable-addr network
scope...............
56
Advertising node number
2
Exterior............
false
ATM addr prefix.....47.0091.8100.0000.0010.7be9.2f07/104
Advertising nodeid..56:160:47.00918100000000107be92f07.00107be92f07.00
Node name...........ses001
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-135
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-routing-policy
dsppnni-routing-policy
Display PNNI Routing Policy Parameters
Enter the dsppnni-routing-policy command to display the parameters used in background routing tables
generation.
Syntax
dsppnni-routing-policy
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-routing-policy
SPT
SPT
SPT
CTD
epsilon.........
holddown time...
path holddown time
Background Table on CDV
0
Load balance........
random
1
On demand routing... first fit
2 AW Background Table on
Background Table on
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-136
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-scope-map
dsppnni-scope-map
Display PNNI Scope Map Table
Enter the dsppnni-scope-map command to view the scope map table.
Syntax
dsppnni-scope-map
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-scope-map
UNI Scope
---------------------LocalNetwork(1)
LocalNetworkPlusOne(2)
LocalNetworkPlusTwo(3)
SiteMinusOne(4)
IntraSite(5)
SitePlusOne(6)
OrganizationMinusOne(7)
IntraOrganization(8)
OrganizationPlusOne(9)
CommunityMinusOne(10)
IntraCommunity(11)
CommunityPlusOne(12)
Regional(13)
InterRegional(14)
Global(15)
Pnni Routing Level
-----------------96
96
96
80
80
72
72
64
64
64
48
48
32
32
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-137
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-spoke
dsppnni-spoke
Display PNNI Default Spoke for an LGN
Enter the dsppnni-spoke command to view the PNNI default spoke for an LGN using complex node
representation in a given peer group. The node-index specifies the LGN implemented on this switching
system. This is used for the debug purpose.
Syntax
dsppnni-spoke <node-index>
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a switching system.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-spoke 1
node index: 1
Ptse id ............
948
Flags................
Nodal aggregation method.. spanning tree
AW
MCR
AvCR
CTD
CDV
CLR0
CLR0+1
CRM
VF
CBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
RTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
NRTVBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
ABR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
a3
UBR
-----5040
0
100000
0
0
0
0
10
5
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-138
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-summary-addr
dsppnni-summary-addr
Display PNNI Summary Address
Enter the dsppnni-summary-addr command to display the summary address prefixes associated with
a specified PNNI node or for all PNNI nodes in the switching system.
Syntax
dsppnni-summary-addr [node-index]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a switching systems.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-summary-addr 1
node index: 1
Type..............
internal
Suppress..............
State............. advertising
Summary address... 47.0091.8100.0000.0000.c032.6496/104
false
node index: 2
Type..............
internal
Suppress..............
false
State............. advertising
Summary address........47.0091.8100.0000.0000.c032.6496/104
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-139
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-svcc-rcc
dsppnni-svcc-rcc
Display SVCC-based RCC Information
Enter the dsppnni-svcc-rcc command to display the information about an SVCC-based RCC or for all
SVCC-based RCCs. If the SVC index is not specified, all SVC-based RCCs attached to a specified node
are displayed. If the node index is not specified, all SVC-based RCCs attached to the PNNI nodes at all
hierarchies on the single switching system are displayed.
Syntax
dsppnni-svcc-rcc [node-index [svc-index]]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a switching system.
svc-index
SVC Index of the SVC based RCC.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-svcc-rcc 1
node index: 1
svc index: 33
Hello pkt RX........
34
SVCC VPI............
34
Hello pkt TX........
34
SVCC VCI............
128
Hello state...........
2wayOutside
Remote node id.........56:160:39.840f80113744000000400202.00107b0efe01.00
Remote node ATM addr...39:840f.8011.3744.0000.0040.0102.4000.0c80.8030.00
node index: 2
svc index: 33
Hello pkt RX........
34
SVCC VPI............
34
Hello pkt TX........
34
SVCC VCI............
128
Hello state............2wayOutside
Remote node id.........56:160:39.840f80113744000000400202.00107b0efe01.00
Remote node ATM addr...39:840f.8011.3744.0000.0040.0102.4000.0c80.8030.00
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-140
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-svcc-rcc-timer
dsppnni-svcc-rcc-timer
Display SVCC-based RCC Timer Values
Enter the dsppnni-svcc-rcc-timer command to display the SVCC-based RCC timer values associated
with a specified local PNNI node or for all local nodes on the same switching system.
Syntax
dsppnni-svcc-rcc-timer [node-index]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a switching systems.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-svcc-rcc-timer 1
node index: 1
Init time..............
4
Calling party integrity time...
Called party integrity time....
Retry time.............
35
50
35
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-141
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnni-timer
dsppnni-timer
Display PNNI Timer Values and Thresholds
Enter the dsppnni-timer command to display the timer values and significant change thresholds on a
specified local PNNI node or for all local nodes on the same switching system.
Syntax
dsppnni-timer [node-index]
Syntax Description
node-index
Node index assigned to a PNNI logical node operating on a switching system.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnni-timer 1
node index: 1
Hello holddown(100ms)...
120
PTSE holddown(100ms)...
Hello int(sec)..........
15
PTSE refresh int(sec)..
Hello inactivity factor.
5
PTSE lifetime factor...
Retransmit int(sec).....
5
AvCR proportional PM....
3
CDV PM multiplier......
AvCR minimum threshold..
50
CTD PM multiplier......
Peer delayed ack int(100ms)...................
10
Logical horizontal link inactivity time(sec)..
10
120
1800
200
25
50
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-142
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnport
dsppnport
Display a PNNI Port
Enter the dsppnport command to view the ATM-specific information about a specified port. The
information displayed is operational data as opposed to configuration data, such as port status, ILMI
status, and s on.
Syntax
dsppnport <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnport 2.1
Port:
1.4
Logical Id:
66560
IF status:
up
Admin Status:
up
UCSM:
enable
Auto-config:
enable
Addrs-reg:
enable
IF-side:
network
Operational
IF-type:
nni
UniType:
private
version:
pnni10
Input filter:
filter number
Output
filter:
filter number
minSvccVpi:
1
maxSvccVpi:
255
minSvccVci:
32
maxSvccVci:
65535
minSvpcVpi:
1
maxSvpcVpi:
255
#SpvcActive:
#SpvcCfg:
#Svcc:
#Svpc:
#SpvpActive: Total:
p2p :
647
0
0
0
0
647
p2mp:
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total :
647
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-143
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnportcac
dsppnportcac
Display PNNI Port CAC Policy Parameters
Enter the dsppnportcac command to view CAC policy parameters for a specified port as configured by
cnfpnportcac.
Syntax
dsppnportcac <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnportcac 2.1
cbr:
rt-vbr:
nrt-vbr:
ubr:
abr:
bookFactor:
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
maxBw:
100.0000%
100.0000%
100.0000%
100.0000%
100.0000%
minBw:
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
maxVc:
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
minVc:
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
maxVcBw:
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-144
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnportcc
dsppnportcc
Display PNNI Port Call Control Parameters
Enter the dsppnportcc command to view call control parameters for a specified port, as configured by
cnfpnportcc.
Syntax
dsppnportcc <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnportcc 2.1
maxP2mpRoot:
683
maxP2mpLeaf:
9000
SVC blocking option:
no
SPVC blocking option:
no
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-145
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnportloscallrel
dsppnportloscallrel
Display PNNI Port Call LOS Call Release
Enter the dsppnportloscallrel command to display the call release on a physical LOS setup on a port.
Syntax
dsppnportloscallrel <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnportloscallrel 4.1
Call release on Los :disabled
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-146
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnportrange
dsppnportrange
Display PNNI Port ATM VPI/VCI Range
Enter the dsppnportrange command to display the ATM VPI/VCI range for a specified port, as
configured by cnfpnportrange.
Syntax
dsppnportrange <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface ID in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnportrange 2.1
minSvccVpi: 0
minSvccVci: 32
minSvpcVpi: 1
maxSvccVpi: 4095
maxSvccVci: 65535
maxSvpcVpi: 4095
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-147
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnports
dsppnports
Display PNNI Port Information
Enter the dsppnports command to view status information for all UNI and NNI ports. If neither uni nor
nni is specified, all ports are displayed.
Syntax
dsppnports [uni|nni|enni]
Syntax Description
uni
View status for all UNI ports.
nni
View status for all NNI ports.
enni
View status for all ENNI ports.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnports uni
Summary of total connections(p2p=point to point,p2mp=point to
Type
#Svcc:
#Svpc:
#SpvcDAX: #SpvpDAX: #SpvcRouted:
p2p:
0
0
0
0
647
p2mp:
0
0
0
0
0
multipoint)
#SpvpRouted: Total:
0
647
0
0
Total=647
Summary of total configured SPVC endpoints
Type
#SpvcCfg:
#SpvpCfg:
p2p:
0
0
p2mp:
0
0
Per-port status summary
PortId
IF status
Admin status
ILMI state
Total Activeconns
1.4
up
up
Disable
647
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-148
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnportsig
dsppnportsig
Display PNNI Port ATM Signaling Parameters
Enter the dsppnportsig command to display the ATM signaling parameters for a port as configured by
cnfpnportsig.
Syntax
dsppnportsig <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnportsig 1.3
provisioned IF-type:uni
version:
sigType: private
side:
addrPlan: aesa
sigVpi:
0
sigVci:
rccVpi:
n/a
rccVci:
uni3.1
network
5
n/a
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-149
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnportrsrc
dsppnportrsrc
Display PNNI Port Information for All Service Classes
Enter the dsppnportrsrc command to view available bandwidth and channels on a port for all service
classes.
Syntax
dsppnportrsrc <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnportrsrc 4.1
Max TxCR CPS:
Max RxCR CPS:
MinGuar TxCR CPS:
MinGuar RxCR CPS:
Min Tx CLR:
Min Rx CLR:
Avl TxCR CPS:
Avl RxCR CPS:
OvSub AvTx CPS:
Avl Tx Chans:
Avl Rx Chans:
cbr:
100000
100000
0
0
8
8
99450
99450
99450
998
998
rt-vbr:
100000
100000
0
0
8
8
99450
99450
99450
998
998
nrt-vbr:
100000
100000
0
0
8
8
99450
99450
99450
998
998
ubr:
100000
100000
0
0
8
8
99450
99450
99450
998
998
abr:
100000
100000
0
0
8
8
99450
99450
99450
998
998
sig:
100000
100000
500
500
8
8
99450
99450
99450
998
998
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-150
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppnsysaddr
dsppnsysaddr
Display PNNI System Addresses
Enter the dsppnsysaddr to view addresses in the System Address Table. If option is specified, it
displays only addresses of the specified type.
Syntax
dsppnsysaddr [ilmi | uni | static | host | all]
Syntax Description
Note
ilmi
View addresses for all ILMI ports
uni
View addresses for all UNI ports.
static
View addresses for all static ports.
host
View address for the host port only.
all
View addresses for all ports.
This command does not belong to the RA module.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppnsysaddr ilmi
47.0091.8100.0000.1122.3344.5566.ffee.ddcc.bbaa.00/160
Type: ilmi
Port id:
66650
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-151
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspprfx
dspprfx
Display ILMI Address Prefixes
Enter the dspprfx command to view ILMI address prefixes currently configured for a specified port.
Syntax
dspprfx <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspprfx 2.1
ILMI Configured Port Prefix(es):
47.0091.8100.0000.0000.0ca7.9e01
88.8888.8888.0000.0000.0000.0000
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-152
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsppvcif
dsppvcif
Display PVC Interface
Display details about the PVC interface for IP connectivity. The output shows the:
•
Interface type on which the PVC connections exists. Possible types are:
–
ATM (atm0 in the output)
–
Ethernet (lnPcio0 in the output)
–
SLIP interface (sl0 in the output)
•
Alarms, if any
•
The operational state
•
Flags specified for the PVC support (through the pvcifconfig command)
•
The number of logical connection numbers (LCNs) in the receive and transmit direction)
•
Numbers in input and output frames
Syntax
dsppvcif
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppvcif
spirita System Rev: 01.00
Aug. 23, 2001 01:55:23 PDT
SES-CNTL
Node Alarm: MAJOR
IP CONNECTIVITY PVC CACHE
-------------------------------------------------------------------atm (unit number 0):
Feeder VPI.VCI: 3.8
Flags:
(0x38) VCMUX,PVC,FEEDER
State:
(0x1) UP
RxLCN:
722
TxLCN:
32776
LCNindex:
0
Feeder Name:
espbpx1
Input Frames:
0
Output Frames:
0
Input Errors:
0
Output Errors:
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-153
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsprrtparm
dsprrtparm
Display Global Reroute Retry Parameters
Enter the dsprrtparm command to display global reroute retry parameters configured for SPVC.
Syntax
dsprrtparm
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsprrtparm
Global SPVC Retry Parameters:
----------------------------Slow Retry Interval: 60 sec
Fast Retry Interval Base: 5 sec
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-154
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsprteoptcnf
dsprteoptcnf
Display Route Optimization Configuration
Enter the dsprteoptcnf command to display the route optimization configuration for a specific port or
all ports.
Syntax
dsprteoptcnf <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
If the port ID is not specified, then optimization configuration for all ports is
displayed.
Examples
Display route optimization configuration on all ports:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsprteoptcnf
Configuration of Route Optimization:
Percentage Reduction Threshold: 50
Port
Enable
VPI/VCI Range
1.2
no
1.4
yes
1/100..10/1000
1.5
no
1.6
no
1.7
no
Interval
Time Range
45
23:00..23:30
Display route optimization configuration on a specific port:
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsprteoptcnf 1.4
Configuration of Route Optimization:
Percentage Reduction Threshold: 50
Port
Enable
VPI/VCI Range
1.4
yes
1/100..10/1000
Interval
45
Time Range
23:00..23:30
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-155
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dsprteoptstat
dsprteoptstat
Display Route Optimization Status
Enter the dsprteoptstat command to display route optimization status.
Syntax
dsprteoptstat
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsprteoptst
Route Optimization Status:
Percentage Reduction Threshold: 30
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-156
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspsig
dspsig
Display Signaling Timers Configuration
Enter the dspsig command to view the current configuration of the signaling timers for a specified port.
Syntax
dspsig <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspsig 2.1
signaling
Timer
t301
t303
t308
t310
t316
t317
t322
t397
t398
t399
Timers for <portid>
Value(secs)
180
4
30
10
90
60
4
180
4
14
Max Crankback: 3
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-157
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspsigparm
dspsigparm
Display Signaling Parameters
Enter the dspsigparm command to view global signaling parameters for the node, including the current
setting of whether frame discard is installed on the presence of the AAL5 IE.
Syntax
dspsigparm
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspsigparm
Global signaling Parameters
Frame Discard on AAL5 IE: {yes | no}
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-158
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspsigstats
dspsigstats
Display Signaling Statistics
Enter the dspsigstats command to view signaling statistics associated with a specified port. When no
port is specified, signaling statistics for all ports are displayed.
Syntax
dspsigstats <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspsigstats 2.1
Signaling Statistics for 2.1
Rcv
Xmt
Message
Call Proceeding
0
0
Connect
0
0
Connect Ack
0
0
Setup
0
0
Release
0
0
Release Complete 0
0
Add Party
0
0
Add Party Ack
0
0
Add Party Rej
0
0
Drop Party
0
0
Drop Party Ack
0
0
Drop Party Rej
0
0
Restart
0
0
Restart Ack
0
0
Status
0
0
Status Enquiry
0
0
Last Cause/Diag
Cause
Diagnostic
16
XX XX XX XX
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-159
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspspvcprfx
dspspvcprfx
Display SPVC Prefix
Displays the SPVC node prefix.
Syntax
dspspvcprfx
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspspvcprfx
SPVC Node Prefix: 47.009181000000003071f800ad
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-160
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspsscop
dspsscop
Display Port SSCOP Details
Enter the dspsscop command to view SSCOP details for a specified port. Information such as
provisioning data and run-time statistics are displayed.
Syntax
dspsscop <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspsscop 2.1
SSCOP details for interface:
1.1
Current State: Enabled Current Line State: Established state
SSCOP Version: 3.1
Send Sequence Number: Current: 34 Maximum: 127
Send Sequence Number Acked = 25
Rcv Sequence Number: Lower Edge = 25, Upper Edge = 28, Max = 35
Poll Sequence Number = 20 Poll Ack Sequence Number = 21
Vt(Pd) = 10
Vt(Sq) = 26
Timer_IDLE = 10 - Active
Timer_CC = 1 - Active
Timer_POLL = 1 - Inactive
Timer_KEEPALIVE = 5 - Active
Timer_NO-RESPONSE = 30 - Active
Current Retry Count = 1, Maximum Retry Count = 10
AckQ count = 5, RcvQ count = 5, TxQ count = 5
AckQ HWM = 20, RcvQ HWM = 20, TxQ HWM = 20”,
Statistics:
Pdu’s Sent = 100, Pdu’s Received = 70, Pdu’s Ignored = 3”,
Begin = 11/11, Begin Ack = 10/10, Begin Reject = 1/1”,
End = 10/10, End Ack = 10/10”,
Resync = 1/1, Resync Ack = 1/1”,
Sequenced Data = 10/10, Sequenced Poll Data = 1/1”,
Poll = 30/30, Stat = 30/30, Unsolicited Stat = 1/1”,
Unassured Data = 0/0, Mgmt Data = 0/0, Unknown Pdu’s = 0”,
Error Recovery/Ack = 0/0, lack of credit 0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-161
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspsscopstats
dspsscopstats
Display Port SSCOP Statistics
Enter the dspsscopstats command to view SSCOP statistics for a port for both Tx and Rx directions.
Syntax
dspsscopstats <portid>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport] .
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspsscopstats 1.2
Statistics -;
SSCOP statistics for interface:
1.1
Pdu’s Sent = 100, Pdu’s Received = 70, Pdu’s Ignored = 3,
Begin = 11/11, Begin Ack = 10/10, Begin Reject = 1/1”,
End = 10/10, End Ack = 10/10”,
Resync = 1/1, Resync Ack = 1/1”,
Sequenced Data = 10/10, Sequenced Poll Data = 1/1”,
Poll = 30/30, Stat = 30/30, Unsolicited Stat = 1/1”,
Unassured Data = 0/0, Mgmt Data = 0/0, Unknown Pdu’s = 0,
Error Recovery/Ack = 0/0, lack of credit 0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-162
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
dspsvcparm
dspsvcparm
Display Global SVC Parameters
Enter the dspsvcparm command to display global SVC parameters for the node.
Syntax
dspsvcparm
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspsvcparm
Global SVC Parameters
=========================
E164 Address Conversion Justification: {left | right}
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-163
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
optrte
optrte
Enable Route Optimization (on an SPVC)
Enter the optrte command to enable route optimization immediately on an SPVC, a range of SPVCs or
all SPVCs on a port.
Syntax
optrte <portid>[-vpi vpi] [-vci vci] [-range {starting-vpi/vci..ending-vpi/vci}]
Syntax Description
Note
portid
Specifies the port ID of a port for which route optimization is set.
-vpi
Specifies the VPI of a soft PVC.
-vci
Specifies the VCI of a soft PVC. If no VCI is specified, then an SPVP connection
is requested. This parameter can only be used if VPI is specified.
-range
Specifies a range of SPVCs to receive route optimization. starting-vpi/vci and
ending-vpi/vci are in VPI/VCI format. The ending VPI/VCI must be greater than
or equal to the starting VPI/VCI. This parameter is allowed only if no VPI/VCI
is specified.
If no VPI/VCI or range is specified, then optimization is set for all active SPVCs on the port.
Examples
Kick off route optimization on all SPVCs on a given port:
spirita.1.PXM.a > optrte 1.4
Kick off route optimization on a specific SPVC:
spirita.1.PXM.a > optrte 1.4 -vpi 1 -vci 100
Kick off route optimization on a range of specific SPVCs:
spirita.1.PXM.a > optrte 1.4 -range 1/100..10/1000
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-164
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
pathtraceie
pathtraceie
Remove/Insert Path Trace IE
Enter the pathtraceie command to remove/insert path trace IE at port level.
Syntax
pathtraceie <portid> [rmv | ins]
Syntax Description
portid
The port identifier for the call.
rmv
Enable removal of trace transit list IE at the port.
ins
Enable insertion of trace transit list IE at the port.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-165
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
pathtracenode
pathtracenode
Enable/Disable Path Trace Node Feature
Enter the pathtracenode command to enable/disable path trace feature at node level.
Syntax
pathtracenode {enable | disable}
Syntax Description
enable | disable
Enable or disable the path trace at the node level.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-166
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
pathtraceport
pathtraceport
Enable/Disable Path Trace Port Feature
Enter the pathtraceport command to enable or disable path trace feature at port level. The result of the
path trace will be saved in the log file.
Syntax
pathtraceport <portid> {enable | disable}[-H {on | off}] [-CB {on | off}] [-V {on | off}][-CR {on |
off}][-cldnum called-AESA] [-clgnum calling-AESA]
Syntax Description
portid
Port identifier for the call.
enable | disable
Enables or disables path trace at port level.
-H
Hierarchy option. Enable (on) or disable (off) DTLs in the hierarchy to be
added in the TTL IE.
Default = off
-CB
Crankback option. Enable (on) or disable (off) failure cause for crankback
to be included in the TTL IE.
Default = on
-V
VPI/VCI option. Enable (on) or disable (off) VPI/VCI values of the egress
port to be added in the TTL IE at every node.
Default = off
-CR
Call reference option. Enable (on) or disable (off) call reference values of
all egress ports to be added in the TTL IE.
Default = off
-cldnum
Called party number. Enable or disable path trace on a specified called
address.
-clgnum
Calling party number. Enable or disable path trace on a specified calling
address.
Example
Format of the path trace result for a call in the log file:
spirita.1.PXM.a > pathtraceport 1.1
Result:Succ/Fail Reason: “Desc”
Called No: “--”
Calling No: “--”
Originating Interface VPI: “--”
Originating Interface VCI: “--”
Originating Interface CallRef: “--”
NodeIdEgress PortVpiVciCallRefCbkCause PhysPortid
XXXXZZZZaaabbbccccdddd eeee
XXXXZZZZaaabbbccccdddd eeee
Terminating Interface VPI: “--”
Terminating Interface VCI: “--”
Terminating Interface CallRef: “--”
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-167
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
pvcifconfig
pvcifconfig
PVC Interface Configuration
Configure a PVC for IP connectivity between the PXM and a workstation. Using a PVC for IP
connectivity is appropriate if a connecting interface or device (such as a router) cannot support SVCs.
Syntax
This command can be configured in the following two ways:
1.
pvcifconfig <interface> [router | feeder] <pvc_address> [atmarp | noatmarp] [llcencap | vcmux]
[up] [default | nodefault] [reset] [delete] [clrstats]
2.
pvcifconfig <interface> [clrstats]
Syntax Description
interface
An alphanumeric string that identifies the interface type. Enter one of the following
options:
•
lnPci0—Use this option for ethernet (the default on power-up)
•
atm0—Use this option for the ATM.
•
sl0—Use this option for SLIP
Enter the entire keyword.Where appropriate, each subsequent parameter description
identifies characteristics that depend on the type of interface.
Note
If you do not know the interface type, use the dspipif command to display it.
router | feeder Identifies whether the PVC type is a remote router or a local feeder. Enter router or
feeder.
pvc_address
Log-in ID for the PVC in one of the following formats:
• logical_id—For example, 16848897.
•
3.8—SES uplink feeder port.
atmarp |
noatmarp
Enables or disables ATMARP on a PVC—if the connected router supports ATMARP.
Furthermore, it applies to only the ATM End Station Address (AESA) configuration
at the router's interface. (See ipifconfig description.)
llcencap |
vcmux
Applies to the router link only. This parameter specifies encapsulation. The choice
primarily depends on whether the router supports LLC Snap encapsulation (llcsnap).
The alternative is VC-based multiplexing (vcmux)
up
Put the PVC in the UP state and try to bind the associated LCNs.
default |
nodefault
Specifies whether this PVC is the default route on the interface.
reset
Force a reset of the PVC. After the PVC is freed, the call is attempted again.
delete
Delete the specified AESA configuration.
clrstats
Clear all SVC statistics on this interface.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > pvcifconfig lnPci0 feeder 16848897 atmarovcmux default
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-168
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
pvcifconfig
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-169
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
rrtcon
rrtcon
Reroute Connection
The rrtcon command lets you trigger the re-routing of a connection.
Syntax
rrtcon <portid> <vpi> <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
PNNI logical port, in the format [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport]. Using the short
form where only the mandatory elements are appropriate, the portid has the format
slot.port.
vpi
The VPI of the connection. The range is 0-4095.
vci
The VCI of the connection. The range is 32-65535.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > rrtcon 4.1 200 32
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-170
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
svcifconfig
svcifconfig
SVC Interface Configuration
Configure IP-related parameters for the SVCs that support network control at a workstation.The
configuration applies to all the SVCs on one of the three physical port types. Note that a complete
configuration requires you to execute svcifconfig twice. The first execution identifies the ATM
end-station address (AESA) and encapsulation type at the router end. The second execution identifies
the AESA—but no encapsulation type—for the switch.
There are two ways to execute the svcifconfig command:
1.
svcifconfig <interface> [router | feeder] <pvc_address> [atmarp | noatmarp] [llcencap | vcmu] [up]
[default | nodefault] [reset] [delete] [clrstats]
2.
svcifconfig <interface> [clrstats]
Syntax Description
interface
An alphanumeric string that identifies the interface type. Enter one of the following
options:
•
lnPci0—Use this option for ethernet (the default on power-up)
•
atm0—Use this option for the ATM.
•
sl0—Use this option for SLIP
Enter the entire keyword.Where appropriate, each subsequent parameter description
identifies characteristics that depend on the type of interface.
Note
If you do not know the interface type, use the dspipif command to display it.
router | feeder Identifies whether the SVC type is a remote router or a local feeder. Enter router or
feeder.
svc_address
Log-in ID for the SVC.
atmarp |
noatmarp
Enables or disables ATMARP on an SVC—if the connected router supports
ATMARP. Furthermore, it applies to only the ATM End Station Address (AESA)
configuration at the router's interface. (See ipifconfig description.)
llcencap |
vcmux
Applies to the router link only. This parameter specifies encapsulation. The choice
primarily depends on whether the router supports LLC Snap encapsulation (llcsnap).
The alternative is VC-based multiplexing (vcmux)
default |
nodefault
Specifies whether this SVC is the default route on the interface.
reset
Force a reset of the SVC. After the SVC is freed, the call is attempted again.
delete
Delete the specified AESA configuration.
clrstats
Clear all SVC statistics on this interface.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > svcifconfig lnpci0 router login-id atmarp llcencap default
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-171
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
tstconseg
tstconseg
Test Continuity Using OAM Segment Loopback Cells
Enter the tstconseg command to test continuity by using OAM segment loopback cells generated toward
the user device at the local end of the connection.
Syntax
tstconseg <portid> <vpi> <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
Corresponds to the port ID = slot.port.
vpi
VPI assigned to the endpoint. For a UNI interface, this parameter takes a value
between 1 and 255. For a NNI interface this can take a value between 1 and
4095.
vci
VCI assigned to the endpoint. In case of a VCC connection, this parameter takes
a value between 32 and 65535. For a VPC connection this is specified as 0.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > tstconseg 1.1 10 101
Enter the dspcon command to check the results:
orses18.1.PXM.a > dspcon 1.1 10 101
Port
Vpi Vci
Owner
State
------------------------------------------------------------------------Local 1:-1.1:-1
10.101
SLAVE
OK
Address:47.00918100000000500ffde80b.000000010100.00
Remote Routed
10.101
MASTER
-Address:47.0091810000000010293001d8.000000050100.00
-------------------- Provisioning Parameters -------------------Connection Type:VCC
Cast Type:Point-to-Point
Service Category:UBR
Conformance:UBR.1
Bearer Class:UNSPECIFIED
Last Fail Cause:SPVC Established
Attempts:0
Continuity Check:Disabled
Frame Discard:Disabled
L-Utils:0
R-Utils:0
Max Cost:0
Routing Cost:0
---------- Traffic Parameters ---------Tx PCR: 50
Rx PCR: 50
Tx SCR: 50
Rx SCR: 50
Tx MBS: 1024
Rx MBS: 1024
Tx CDVT:250000
Rx CDVT:250000
Tx CDV: N/A
Rx CDV: N/A
Tx CTD: N/A
Rx CTD: N/A
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-172
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
tstconseg
------- SES Parameters only ---------Tx AIS:0
Rx AIS:0
Rx Abit:0
lpbk_type
:Non Destructive
lpbk_dir
:---lpbk_status
:Success
round trip delay:17464 usec
Stats
:Disabled
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-173
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
tstdelay
tstdelay
Test Delay on a Connection
Enter the tstdelay command to verify the continuity of a connection using inband OAM loopback cells.
Syntax
tstdelay <portid> <vpi> <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
Corresponds to the port ID = slot.port.
vpi
VPI assigned to the endpoint. For a UNI interface this can take a value between
1 and 255. For a NNI interface, this parameter takes a value between 1 and 4095.
vci
VCI assigned to the endpoint. In case of a VCC connection this parameter takes
a value between 32 and 65535. For a VPC connection this is specified as 0.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > tstdelay 1.1 10 100
Enter the dspcon command to check the result:
orses18.1.PXM.a > dspcon 1.1 10 100
Port
Vpi Vci
Owner
State
------------------------------------------------------------------------Local 1:-1.1:-1
10.100
SLAVE
OK
Address:47.00918100000000500ffde80b.000000010100.00
Remote Routed
10.100
MASTER
-Address:47.0091810000000010293001d8.000000050100.00
-------------------- Provisioning Parameters -------------------Connection Type:VCC
Cast Type:Point-to-Point
Service Category:UBR
Conformance:UBR.1
Bearer Class:UNSPECIFIED
Last Fail Cause:SPVC Established
Attempts:0
Continuity Check:Disabled
Frame Discard:Disabled
L-Utils:0
R-Utils:0
Max Cost:0
Routing Cost:0
---------- Traffic Parameters ---------Tx PCR: 50
Rx PCR: 50
Tx SCR: 50
Rx SCR: 50
Tx MBS: 1024
Rx MBS: 1024
Tx CDVT:250000
Rx CDVT:250000
Tx CDV: N/A
Rx CDV: N/A
Tx CTD: N/A
Rx CTD: N/A
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
------- SES Parameters only ---------Tx AIS:0
Rx AIS:0
Rx Abit:0
lpbk_type
:Non Destructive
lpbk_dir
:forward - tstdelay
lpbk_status
:Success
round trip delay:2000 usec
Stats
:Disabled
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-174
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
tstpndelay
tstpndelay
Test PNNI Connection Delay
Enter the tstpndelay command to initiate the loopback test for a connection. When both the VPI and
VCI are present, the segment endpoint is a F5 flow endpoint (for VCCs). When the optional VCI is not
present, the segment endpoint is a F4 flow endpoint (for VPCs). This command displays the round trip
delay in microseconds.
Enter cnfconsegep to set the segment endpoint if one does not already exist.
Syntax
tstpndelay <portid> <vpi> [vci] [-direction {inbound | Outbound}]
Syntax Description
vpi
VPI of the connection.
vci
VCI of the connection, default VCI = 0 for VP connection
-direction
Direction of the loopback, as either inbound or outbound.
•
Inbound = endpoint towards the backplane.
•
Outbound = Endpoint to out of the port.
Default = inbound
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-175
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
upcon
upcon
Up a Connection
Enter the upcon command to up a connection. This command will reroute the connection.
Syntax
upcon <portid> <vpi> <vci>
Syntax Description
portid
Interface Number. Can be in the range of 1through 60.
vpi
Starting VPI to view the active calls starting from the specified VPI of the
specified port. This parameter can only be used if the port is specified.
vci
Starting VCI to view the active calls starting from the specified VPI/VCI of the
specified port. This parameter can only be used if the VPI is specified.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > upcon 1 1 100
Admin state of connection is UP
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-176
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
uppnport
uppnport
Up a UNI/NNI Port
Enter the uppnport command to bring a specified UNI or NNI port into service on the controller
(administratively up on the controller). This command is used to bring a port in service after the
dnpnport command is used.
Syntax
uppnport <portid >
Syntax Description
portid
Identifies the port to be upped.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > uppnport 2.1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
1-177
Chapter 1
SVC, SPVC, and PNNI Commands
uppnport
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
1-178
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
C H A P T E R
2
Shelf Operations Commands
This appendix describes the SES PNNI controller commands that are specific to management of the SES
PNNI Controller shelf.
These commands use the same conventions as described in Chapter 1, “SVC, SPVC, and PNNI
Commands.”
Command Summaries
Shelf operation commands consist of the following command suites:
Usage
Access
Level
State
Log
addtrapmgr
Set up a new user name.
1
active
yes
aesa_ping
Ping an AESA based on a destination ATM address.
any
any
no
bootChange
Exit the CLI shell.
any
active
yes
burnboot
superuser
active
yes
clrcnf
Burn the boot code onto the PXM card.
Clear all card configurations on the switch.
superuser
any
no
clrlmitrace
Clear LMI trace on the switch
any
any
no
clrscrn
Clear the terminal screen.
any
any
no
cmdhistory
View recent commands executed on the current card.
any
any
no
cnfuser
Configure user information.
1
active
yes
copy
Copy files.
any
any
no
delete
Delete files.
1
any
yes
dellmiloop
1
active
yes
dspsnmp
Remove a user name from the configured user list
associated with the shelf.
View user IDs that have been configured on the PXM.
any
any
no
exit
Exit the CLI shell.
any
any
yes
Help
View commands associated with the selected card.
any
any
no
rename
Rename a file.
any
any
no
shellcon
Enter the shell CLI.
any
any
no
Command
User Commands
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-1
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
Command Summaries
Access
Level
any
State
any
Log
no
any
any
no
View the current login ID, access level, and associated
terminal port.
any
any
no
abortrev
Abort revisions on the specified slot.
superuser
any
yes
addtrapmgr
Sets up an SNMP manager to receive traps.
superuser
any
no
bootChange
any
yes
cc
Specifies the boot IP address and gateway address of a service
PXM card.
Navigates between different cards within the shelf.
any
any
no
cnfpasswd
Configures a user password.
superuser
active
yes
cnfsnmp
Configures SNMP strings.
Commit to the currently running firmware version.
superuser
superuser
active
any
yes
yes
dspbkpl
Deletes a trap manager.
Display the switch backplane information.
superuser
any
active
any
yes
no
dspcd
View specified card information
any
any
no
dspclkinfo
Display clock information.
any
any
no
dspdisk
dspcderrs
Displays disk utilization.
View card information for all installed cards.
any
any
any
active
no
no
dspconstats
Display connection statistics for a port
any
any
no
dspdate
Display the current date.
any
any
no
dspdbinfo
Display database information.
any
any
no
dspdisk
Display disk information.
any
any
no
dsperrs
Display the contents of all error log files.
any
any
no
dspipconntask
Display the current state of the IP connectivity task.
any
any
no
dsppingatmaddr
Display the default ping ATM address.
any
any
no
dsprevs
Display current firmware versions for slots 1 and 2.
any
any
no
dspprfhist
Display the percentage of activity of tasks.
any
any
no
dspsnmp
Displays the SNMP strings.
any
any
no
dsptrapmgr
dspversion
Displays details about all trap managers.
View version information about the selected card.
any
any
any
any
no
no
loadrev
Load revisions on the specified slot.
superuser
any
yes
resetsys
Reset the entire shelf.
superuser
active
yes
routeShow
View the IP routing of the network layer of the operating any
system.
View the IP routing statistics for the network layer of the any
operating system.
any
no
any
no
Command
Usage
Display or change the maximum time a user can be
idle before the system terminates that user’s session.
Display detailed user information.
timeout
users
whoami
Shelf Commands
commitrev
deltrapmgr
routestatShow
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-2
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
Command Summaries
Command
runrev
Access
Level
superuser
Usage
Run revisions on the specified slot.
State
any
Log
yes
setrev
Sets the primary and secondary revisions of the specified superuser
slot.
any
yes
sesntimeout
Specifies the number of seconds of idle time for the
current user-session.
service
active
yes
switchredcd
Switch operation from the active redundant card to
standby redundant card
service
active
yes
timeout
Display or change the maximum time a user can be idle service
before the system terminates the user’s session.
active
yes
addapsln
Enables APS on a specified line for the PXM.
superuser
active
yes
addlmiloop
Enables LMI loopback line on the current card.
superuser
active
no
clrallcnf
superuser
active
yes
clrbecnt
Clear all configurations and restart the system using a
default configuration.
Remove all statistics for APS bit-error counts.
service
active
no
clrerr
Remove specified or all error log files.
superuser
any
no
clrerrhist
any
any
no
superuser
any
yes
cnfapsln
Clear the Local Management Interface (LMI) statistics
on the current PXM.
Clear specified or all event log files.
Run this command on the BPX and SES.
Set APS parameters for a line on the PXM.
superuser
active
yes
cnfdate
Set system date.
superuser
active
yes
cnfname
Set node name.
superuser
active
yes
cnfserialif
superuser
active
no
cnfstatsmgr
Change the data rate on a serial interface on the
PXM-UI back card.
Set the IP address of statistics manager.
service
active
no
cnftime
Set system time.
superuser
active
yes
cnftmzn
Set the system time zone.
superuser
active
yes
cnftmzngmt
Set the system time zone.
superuser
active
yes
cnftrapip
Configure the trap IP.
Remove APS configuration for a specified PXM line.
superuser
active
yes
superuser
active
yes
superuser
active
yes
delserialif
Removes LMI loopback state for a line.
Delete a serial interface.
dspapsln
Display APS configuration for PXM lines.
superuser
any
active
any
yes
no
dspbecnt
Display APS bit-error count statistics.
superuser
active
no
dspcdalms
Display card alarms.
any
any
no
dspcderrs
Display information about card errors.
Display card status.
any
any
any
any
no
no
View primary, secondary, tertiary, or statistics manager
CWM for this node.
any
active
no
Node Level Commands
clrlog
delapsln
dellmiloop
dspcdstatus
dspcwmrole
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-3
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
Command Summaries
dspdate
Usage
View current system time.
Access
Level
any
State
and
Log
no
dspenvalms
Display environment alarms.
any
any
no
dsperr
View the contents of either all error log files or a specific any
error log file.
Display a log of errors and failures.
any
any
no
any
no
View configuration and state information for a
broadband interface.
View IP configuration and statistics for one or all IP
interfaces.
any
any
no
any
any
no
dsplmilink
Display LMI links on a line.
any
active
no
dsplmiloop
any
any
active
any
no
no
any
any
no
dsplogs
Display LMI loopback state for a line.
View the current Local Management Interface (LMI)
configurations.
View events and messages logged by the current PXM.
In this case, this command is run on the SES. However,
it is also a command in the BPX CLI.
View information from all event log files.
any
any
no
dspndalms
Display node alarms.
any
any
no
dspndparms
Display node parameters.
any
any
no
dspndstatus
Display node status.
any
any
no
dspsem
Display a specific semaphore.
any
any
no
dspsems
Display all semaphores on the switch.
any
any
no
dspserialif
Display a serial interface.
any
any
no
dspslotalms
Display slot alarms.
any
any
no
dspswalms
Display switching alarms.
Display a trap IP address.
any
any
no
any
superuser
any
any
no
yes
Command
dsperrhist
dspif
dspipif
dsplmilink
dsplog
dsptrapip
ipifconfig
Set IP address information for a specified IP interface
on the PXM.
restoreallcnf
Restores all configuration files saved in the CNF
directory on the harddrive.
service
active
yes
saveallcnf
service
active
yes
showSyserr
Saves all the configuration files to the CNF directory
on the harddrive.
Show whether the showSyserr feature is on or off.
switchapsln
Control APS line switch functions.
service
superuser
active
active
yes
yes
syserr
Display a list of all system errors.
service
active
yes
dspred
Displays redundant information.
any
any
no
switchcc
Switch core card.
Run this command on the BPX and SES.
service
active
yes
Redundancy Commands
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-4
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
abortrev
abortrev
Abort Revisions
Enter the abortrev command to abort revisions on the specified slot.
Syntax
abortrev <slot><revision>
Syntax Description
slot
Slot number of the card for which the version will be set.
revision
Revision number, for example, 1.0(11.1).
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > abortrev 1 1.0(10)
one or more card(s) in logical slot will be reset.
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? n
(command not executed)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-5
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
addapsln
addapsln
Add APS on a Line
Enter the addapsln command to set APS on a specified line for a PXM.
Syntax
addapsln <work-line><work-slot><prot-line><prot-slot><mode>
Syntax Description
work-line
Working line number. Enter the value 1.
work-slot
Enter value 1 or 2.
• 1 = slot 1
•
prot-line
2 = slot 2
Protection line number. Enter the value 1.
prot-slot
Protection slot number. Enter the value 1 or 2.
mode
Sets the APS architecture mode to be used on the working/protection line
pair. Enter the value 2.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > addapsln 1 1 1 2 2
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-6
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
addlmiloop
addlmiloop
Add an LMI Loopback Line
Enter the addlmiloop command to add an LMI loopback line to the current card.
Note
Activate only one PXM line on the feeder implementation of an SES node.
Syntax
addlmiloop <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot
Slot number of the card on which you are adding the LMI loopback line. For an
SES, the value for this parameter can be 1 or 2.
port
Port number.
Example
Add an LMI loopback line numbered 1 to the PXM in slot 1:
spirita.1.PXM.a > addlmiloop 1.1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-7
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
addtrapmgr
addtrapmgr
Add Trap Manager
Enter the addtrapmgr command to set up an SNMP manager to receive traps. Trap managers added
through addtrapmgr command or through the SNMP manager (Cisco WAN Manager or other
application) do not age and are not deleted. To delete a trap manager, enter either the deltrapmgr
command or an SNMP Set on the intended object.
Syntax
addtrapmgr <ip_addr> <portnum>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
IP address in dotted decimal format. For example:
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, n=0-9 and nnn < 256
portnum
Port number on the workstation that receives traps. The range is 0–65535. If you add
a trap manager through SNMP, the default portnum is 162.
Example
Add a trap manager with IP address 161.10.144.56 to port 50.
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > addtrapmgr 161.10.144.56 50
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-8
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
adduser
adduser
Add User
Enter the adduser command to configure a user name and associated access level on the PXM.
Syntax
adduser <user ID> <accessLevel>
Syntax Description
user ID
Case-sensitive name to be used as the login at the PXM.
The name can consist of up to 12 characters composed of alpha numeric
characters and special characters, such as “_” and “-.”
Note
accessLevel
The name must begin with an alpha character and cannot contain spaces.
System privilege level to be allocated for the user ID, using one of the following
options:
•
SERVICE_GP
•
SUPER_GP
•
GROUP1 (highest level)
•
GROUP2
•
GROUP3
•
GROUP4
•
GROUP5
•
ANYUSER (lowest level)
You cannot configure a new user for an accessLevel that is higher than that
defined for the current login ID.
Example
spirit.1.1.PXM.a > adduser fin ANYUSER
Enter password:
Re-enter password:
spirit.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-9
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
aesa_ping
aesa_ping
ATM End System Address Ping—ping any ATM end station connected to a PNNI network.
The aesa_ping command lets you ping an AESA based on an ATM address that you provide as a
destination address. If you specify only the destination address, the local node merely looks up that
address in its routing table. To actually confirm the reachability of another node, specify the optional
parameters for setting up a SVC to send and receive keep-alive packets.
Syntax
aesa_ping {destination address} [-setupcall {yes | no}] [-qos {ubr | abr | vbr_rt | vbr_nrt}] [-trace
{yes | no}] [-data {yes | no}] [-timeout {time out in secs}] [-interval {time}][-pcr {peak cell
rate}] [-scr {sustain cell rate}]
destination address
Destination address in NSAP format. For example:
47.00918100000000500ffde873.00500ffde873.01
-setupcall
Sets up an SVC call as part of the ping. If you do not include the
setupcall parameter, the system performs only route lookup for
the QoS parameters to the destination.
Possible values: yes or no
Default = no
-qos
Quality of service (QoS) used for SVC ping connection. This
parameter applies only if you enable setupcall. Enter one of the
following options:
•
ubr
•
abr
•
cbr
•
vbr_rt
•
vbr_nrt
trace
Enable path trace during ping. This parameter only applies if
-setupcall is enabled. Enter yes or no. The default is no
data
If you enable data, the switch transfers data then prints statistics
at the end of the timeout. Enter enable or disable. The default is
disable.
timeout
Connection timeout for the ping. This parameter applies only if
setupcall is enabled. The range is from 5 through 120.seconds.
The default is 5 seconds.
interval
The interval between the call setup of successive transmissions.
This parameter applies only if setupcall is enabled. The range is
from 5 through 120.seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-10
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
aesa_ping
pcr
Peak cell rate of the ping. This parameter only applies if you
enable setupcall. The range is from 1 through 100.seconds. The
default is 10.
scr
Sustained cell rate of the ping. This parameter applies only if you
enable setupcall. The range is from 1 through 50.seconds. The
default is 5.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > aesa_ping 47.00918100000000500ffde873.00500ffde873.01
Ping Got CLI message, index=0
PING:from PNNI - SOURCE ROUTE
DTL
1 :Number of (Node/port)elements
2
DTL 1:NODE 1::56:160:71:0:145::238:238:238:238:
Port 1:263168
DTL 1:NODE 2::56:160:71:0:145::15:253:232:115:
Port 2:0
Port List :no of ports =
Port ID
1
1:263168
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-11
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
bootChange
bootChange
Boot Change
Enter the bootChange command to specify the boot IP address and gateway address of a PXM card. The
IP address you define with bootChange is used only when the PXM is in the boot state.
In the current release, the only parameters you should enter are “inet on ethernet (e)” and “gateway inet
(g).” The bootChange command presents one parameter at a time. Therefore, click Return (or Enter)
at each prompt except for these two. The example in this description shows the two fields where you
need to enter an IP address and the fields you skip.
Note
Run this command in boot-mode only.
Syntax
bootChange
Example
Specify an IP address of 170.11.52.61 for the Ethernet port and 170.11.52.2 for the gateway IP address.
The display shows all the fields that the node presents. Click Return or Enter at all fields except for the
ethernet and gateway prompts.
ses64.1.PXM.a > bootchange
'.' = clear field; '-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: lnPci
processor number
: 0
host name
:
file name
:
inet on Ethernet (e) : 172.29.37.41:ffffff00
inet on backplane (b):
host inet (h)
:
gateway inet (g)
: 172.29.37.1
user (u)
:
ftp password (pw) (blank = use rsh):superuser
flags (f)
: 0x0
target name (tn)
:
startup script (s)
:
other (o)
:
^D = quit
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-12
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
burnboot
burnboot
Burn the Boot Code
Enter the burnboot command to burn the boot code onto the PXM card.
Syntax
burnboot <slot> <revision>
Syntax Description
slot
Card slot number for the card to be upgraded, Enter 1 or 2.
revision
Software version number for the update.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > burnboot 1 2.0(0)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-13
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
bye
bye
Bye
Enter the bye command to exit the current CLI shell.
Syntax
bye
Example
spirit.1.2.PXM.a > bye
(session ended)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-14
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cc
cc
Change Card
Enter the cc command to navigate from card to card on the shelf.
Syntax
cc <slot number>
Syntax Description
slot number
The number of the slot that contains the card you want to work on, either 1 or 2.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cc 2
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-15
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrallcnf
clrallcnf
Clear All Configuration
Enter the clrallcnf command to remove all configuration databases from the shelf, including
configuration stored in BRAM by the shelf manager, and other configuration files currently stored on
disk.
Warning
This is a destructive command.
Syntax
clrallcnf
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > clrallcnf
All SM’s config will be deleted, and
the shelf will be reset.
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? n
(command not executed)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-16
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrbecnt
clrbecnt
Clear Bit-Error Count Statistics
Enter the clrbecnt command to remove all the statistics for the (APS) bit-error counts
Syntax
clrbecnt <line>
Syntax Description
line
Enter the value 1.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-17
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrcnf
clrcnf
Clear Configuration
Enter the clrcnf command to clear all card configurations on the switch.
Syntax
clrcnf
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > clrcnf
All SM's disk config will be deleted, and
the shelf will be reset.
clrcnf: Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Y
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-18
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrerr
clrerr
Clear Error Log Files
Enter the clrerr command to remove a specified file or all error log files. This command queries for
confirmation prior to clearing the error log files from the system.
Syntax
clrerr [-en <error number>][-sl <slot number>]
Syntax Description
-en
Command delineator that precedes the error number entry.
error number
Number of the log file to clear.
-sl
Command delivered that proceeds the slot number entry.
slot number
Number of the slot in which the selected card resides.
Example
wilco.1.1.PXM.a > clrerr
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? No
(command not executed)
wilco.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-19
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrerrhist
clrerrhist
Clear Error History
Enter the clrerrhist command to display a log of errors and failures.
Syntax
clrerrhist <slot>
Syntax Description
slot
Number of the slot that contains the card you want to work on. Use this
object to clear the log of errors and failures only on a specific slot.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > clrerrhist
10
0x301f
syncRam DB Reset Init from STBY failed
09/07/2000-20:44:25
----------------------------------------------------------------------------spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-20
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrlmistats
clrlmistats
Clear Local Management Interface Statistics
Enter the clrlmistats command to clear the Local Management Interface (LMI) related statistics on the
current PXM.
Syntax
clrlmistats
Example
penguin.1.1.PXM.a > clrlmistats
Enabled
VPI.VCI
Polling enable
T393
T394
WaitStatus
Retry Timer
Poll Timer
Status
Rx
UpdtStatus Rx
Status Enq Rx
Status Ack Rx
NodeStatus Rx
NodeStaAck Rx
Bad PDU Rx
Unknown PDU Rx
Invalid Trans
BPX IP Addr
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1
3.31
1
10
10
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
172.3.3.62
Port Status
:
1
N394
:
N395
:
WaitStAck
:
Retry Count
:
Trans Num
:
Status
Tx :
UpdtStatus Tx :
Status Enq Tx :
Status Ack Tx :
NodeStatus Tx :
NodeStaAck Tx :
Bad PDU Len Rx :
Invalid I.E. Rx:
5
5
0
1
86
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
penguin.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-21
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrlmitrace
clrlmitrace
Clear LMI Trace
Enter the clrlmitrace command to clear LMI trace on the switch.
Syntax
clrlmitrace
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > clrlmitrace
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-22
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrlog
clrlog
Clear Log Files
Enter the clrlog command to clear specified or all event log files.
Syntax
clrlog [-log <log slot>]
Syntax Description
-log
Command delineator that precedes the log slot entry.
log slot
Number of the file that you want to clear from the event log file.
Example
wilco.1.1.PXM.a > clrlog
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Yes
wilco.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-23
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
clrscrn
clrscrn
Clear Screen
Enter the clrscrn command to remove the contents of the control terminal screen. After this command
executes, only the current command line prompt displays on the terminal screen.
Syntax
clrscrn
Example
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrscrn
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-24
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cmdhistory
cmdhistory
Command History
Enter the cmdhistory command to view the last 10 commands executed on the current card.
Syntax
cmdhistory
Example
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > cmdhistory
Size of cmdHistory is currently 10 line(s)
1 dspconcnt 2.39.45
2 dsplmistats
3 dsplmiloop
4 dsplm
5 clrportcnt
6 dspportcnts
7 dspportcnt
8 dspportcnt 1
9 dsplmistats
10 cmdhistory
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-25
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnfapsln
cnfapsln
Configure APS Line Parameters
Enter the cnfapsln command to set APS parameters for a specified line on the PXM card.
Syntax
cnfapsln <line> <SFBER> <SDBER> <Revertive> <WTR> <Direction> <KIK2>
Syntax Description
line
OC-3 line number. Enter the value 1.
SFBER
Signal failure BER threshold, in the range 3 through 5.
SDBER
Signal degrade BER threshold, in the range 5 through 9.
Revertive
Value to set the APS revertive or non-revertive function.
•
1 = Non-revertive
2 = Revertive
This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the
Wait-To-Restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been
cleared.
WTR
Number of minutes to wait before attempting to switch back to the working line,
in the range 1through12. This setting is not applicable if the line is configured
in non-revertive mode (Revertive set to 1).
Direction
Value to set the switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.
K1K2
•
1 = Unidirectional: APS line supports switching one end of the line.
•
2 = Bidirectional: APS line supports switching both ends of the line.
To to enable or disable the K1/K2 inband protocol on the protection line.
•
1 = enable
•
2 = disable
Example
To set the APS working line 1 on the active PXM card in slot 1 to have a signal failure BER threshold
of 10^^-5, a signal degrade BER threshold of 10^^-5, to enable switch back after signal failure or
degradation cleared, to wait 2 minutes before attempting to switch back, to make switching bidirectional,
and to enable the K1/K2 inband protocol on the protection line.
flyers01.1.1.PXM.a > cnfapsln 1 5 5 2 2 2 1
flyers01.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-26
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnfdate
cnfdate
Configure Date
Enter the cnfdate command to set the system date.
Syntax
cnfdate <mm/dd/yyyy>
Syntax Description
mm/dd/yyyy
Month, date, and year.
Example
wilco.1.1.PXM.a> cnfdate 12/17/1999
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-27
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnflmitrace
cnflmitrace
Configure LMI Trace
Syntax
cnflmitrace <BufWrap> <TrcEnable> <FuncCode> <Ltrk> <Dir>
Syntax Description
BufWrap
Enables/disables the buffer wrap. Enter yes to enable the buffer, or no to disable it.
TrcEnable
Enables/disables the LMI trace. Enter yes to enable the LMI trace, or no to disable it.
FuncCode
String of function codes in HEX separated by commas.
Ltrk
String of trunk numbers in HEX, separated by commas.
Dir
Direction to be traced.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-28
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnfname
cnfname
Configure Name
Enter the cnfname command to set the name of the SES PNNI node. This name will not be propagated
throughout the network.
Syntax
cnfname <name>
Syntax Description
name
Name of the SES PNNI node, consisting of up to 8 alpha-numeric
characters.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfname NewName
cnfname: Configured this node name to NewName Successfully.
NewName.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-29
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnfpasswd
cnfpasswd
Configure Password
Enter the cnfpasswd command to change your own password. After the cnfpasswd is entered, the switch
prompts you to enter the new password. You must then enter the new password again for confirmation.
Syntax
cnfpasswd
Syntax Description
None
Example
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > cnfpasswd
Enter existing password:
Enter new password:
Re-enter new password:
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-30
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnfserialif
cnfserialif
Configure Serial Interface
The cnfserialif command lets you change the data rate on a serial interface on the PXM-UI back card.
The two types of serial ports are the console port and the maintenance port. These ports provide
user-access for controlling the switch. The default speed on a serial interface is 9600 bits per second, but
higher speed terminals are frequently available.
Each port connects to a different type of terminal implementation. Refer to the Cisco SES Controller
Software Configuration Guide for a description of how to use these physical ports for switch control.
Syntax
cnfserialif <port#> <speed>
Syntax Description
port#
Specifies the physical port. Enter 1 to select the maintenance port, or 2 to select the
console port.
speed
Specifies a data rate in bits per second. Valid entries are 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600,
19200, 38400.
Example
Configure the console port to have a data rate of 19200 bits per second.
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfserialif 1 19200
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-31
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnfsnmp
cnfsnmp
Configure SNMP Strings
Enter the cnfsnmp command to configure SNMP strings. You can configure only one of these strings
with a single execution of cnfsnmp.
Syntax
cnfsnmp <-community [string <ro | rw>]> <-contact [string]> <-location [string]>
Syntax Description
-community
Keyword that establishes the community access string to permit access to SNMPv1
protocol.
The string acts like a password and permits access to the SNMP Protocol. Further,
the access of either read-only or read-write allows operations on MIB objects
according to the setting. The setting can be either “ro” for read-only or “rw” for
read-write. The default is read-only With read-only, authorized management
stations are only able to retrieve MIB objects.
With read-write access, authorized management stations are able to retrieve and
modify MIB objects.
-contact
Keyword that specifies the system contact string for sysContact MIB object in
MIB-II. The string in this case is text that describes the contact. For example, the
contact could be an administrator’s email address. The default is no text.
-location
Keyword that specifies the location of the system. The default is no text. The
system location string is used for sysLocation MIB object in MIB-II.
Example
Configure various community strings:
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a
> cnfsnmp community ro
>cnfsnmp community comaccess
>community string “comaccess” , read-only access
>cnfsnmp community comaccess ro
>community string “comaccess” read-only access
>cnfsnmp community superaccess rw
>community string “superaccess” , read-write access
Give an email address for the system contact:
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > cnfsnmp contact Dial System, Email :
Specify the location of the system as Building 3, Room 214:
node19.8.PXM.a >cnfsnmp location Building 3/Room 214
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-32
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnfstatsmgr
cnfstatsmgr
Configure Statistics Manager IP Address
Enter the cnfstatsmgr command to set the IP address of the CWM that manages statistics for this node.
Syntax
cnfstatsmgr <IP Address>
Syntax Description
ip address
IP address of the CWM statistics manager for this node.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfstatsmgr 172.29.4.50
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-33
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnftime
cnftime
Configure System Time
Enter the cnftime command to set the system time.
Syntax
cnftime <hh:mm:ss>
Syntax Description
hh:mm:ss
Hour, month, and seconds.
Example
wilco.1.1.PXM.a > cnftime 11:20:30
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-34
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnftmzn
cnftmzn
Configure System Time Zone
Enter the cnftmzn command to set the system time zone.
Syntax
cnftmzn <timezone>
Syntax Description
timezone
Sets the system time zone. Enter one of the following time zones:
•
GMT
•
EST
•
CST
•
MST
•
PST
Example
wilco.1.1.PXM.a > cnftmzn PST
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-35
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnftmzngmt
cnftmzngmt
Configure System Time Zone Offset
Enter the cnftmzngmt command to set the system time zone offset value.
Syntax
cnftmzngmt <gmtoffset>
Syntax Description
gmtoffset
System time zone offset value. Enter one of the following time zone offset
values:
•
-12
•
-11
•
-10
•
10
•
11
•
12
Example
wilco.1.1.PXM.a > cnftmzngmt -8
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-36
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnftrapip
cnftrapip
Configure Trap IP Address
Enter the cnftrapip command to configure the trap ip.
Syntax
cnftrapip <ip address>
Syntax Description
ip address
IP address where traps will be configured.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > cnftrapip 172.29.4.50
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-37
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
cnfuser
cnfuser
Configure User Information
Enter the cnfuser command to add or change user information.
Syntax
cnfuser <-u user id>[-p password][-a access level]
Syntax Description
user id
User name
password
User password
access level
System privilege level to be allocated for the user ID, using one of the following
options:
•
SERVICE_GP
•
SUPER_GP
•
GROUP1 (highest level)
•
GROUP2
•
GROUP3
•
GROUP4
•
GROUP5
•
ANYUSER (lowest level)
The new user cannot be configured for an access level that is higher than the level
defined for the current login ID.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > cnfuser -u myname -p passw123 -l ANYUSER
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-38
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
commitrev
commitrev
Commit to the Current Revision
Enter the commitrev command to commit to the currently running firmware version.
Syntax
commitrev <slot> <revision>
Syntax Description
slot
Slot number of the card for which the version will be set.
revision
Revision number, for example, 1.0(11.1).
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > commitrev 1 1.0(10)
one or more card(s) in logical slot will be reset.
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? n
(command not executed)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-39
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
copy
copy
Copy
Enter the copy command to copy files.
Syntax
copy <source file> <destination file>
Syntax Description
source file
Source file to be copied.
destination file
Destination file.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > copy version vers
spirita.1.PXM.a > ll
size
date
------------512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
36
MAY-21-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAR-22-2000
512
MAY-09-2000
1749807
MAY-16-2000
36
MAY-21-2000
time
-----19:37:56
19:37:56
19:37:56
19:37:56
19:37:56
19:37:56
19:37:56
19:37:56
03:31:34
11:40:52
11:40:58
10:45:04
07:10:14
04:41:28
name
-------SM
FW
DIAG
STATS
TMP
CNF
RPM
SCT
version
LOG
CUT
SHMDB
pxm_diag_1.1.04.o
vers
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
<DIR>
In the file system :
total space : 819200 K bytes
free space : 808145 K bytes
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-40
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
delapsln
delapsln
Delete APS from a Line
Enter the delapsln command to delete APS from a line on the PXM card.
Syntax
delapsln <workingline>
Syntax Description
workingline
Working line number. Enter the value 1.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > delapsln 1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-41
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
delete
delete
Delete Files on the Disk
Enter the delete command to remove any files on the disk.
Syntax
delete <file name>
Syntax Description
file name
Name of the file to be removed.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > delete any_file
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-42
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dellmiloop
dellmiloop
Delete LMI Loopback on a Line
Enter the dellmiloop command to remove LMI loopback state for a line.
Note
You can activate only one PXM line on the feeder implementation of an SES node.
Syntax
dellmiloop <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot
Slot number, in the range 1 - 2
port
Port number
Example
Delete the LMI loopback line from the current PXM:
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dellmiloop 1.1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-43
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
delserialif
delserialif
Delete Serial Interface
The delserialif command allows you to delete a serial interface.
Syntax
delserialif <port#>
Syntax Description
port#
Indicates the type of port you want to add. Enter 1 to delete a maintenance port. Enter
2 to delete a console port.
Example
The following example shows you how to delete a maintenance port.
spirita.1.PXM.a > delserialif 1
The following example shows you how to delete a serial port.
spirita.1.PXM.a > delserialif 2
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-44
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
deltrapmgr
deltrapmgr
Delete Trap Manager
Enter the deltrapmgr command to delete a trap manager. The deltrapmgr command requires an IP
address for deletion. To see existing trap managers, enter dsptrapmgr.
Syntax
deltrapmgr <ip_addr>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
IP address in dotted decimal format:
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, n=0-9 and nnn =< 256
Example
Delete the trap manager with IP address 161.10.144.56.
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > deltrapmgr 161.10.144.56
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-45
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
deluser
deluser
Delete User
Enter the deluser command to remove a user from the list of users on the SES node. The system does
not allow you to delete a user with a privilege level higher than the level at which you execute the
command. For example, if the current user privilege is 2, you cannot delete a user at level 1. No screen
output appears unless an error occurs.
Syntax
deluser <user ID>
Syntax Description
user ID
User name, consisting of up to 12 characters.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > deluser myname
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-46
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspapscfg
dspapscfg
Display APS Configuration
Enter the dspapscfg command to view APS configuration information.
Syntax
dspapscfg
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspapscfg
SlotLine Type
SFBER SDBER WTR Dir Revert K1K2
----------------------------------------------------1.1&2.1
1+1_2 3
5
1
UNI NRV
ENA
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-47
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspapsln
dspapsln
Display APS Line Parameters
Enter the dspapsln command to view the current APS line parameters on the PXM card.
Syntax
dspapsln
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspapsln
SlotLine Type Act W_LINE P_LINE APS_ST CDType Dir Revt LastUsrSwReq
-----------------------------------------------------------------------1.1&2.1 1+1_2 2.1 ALM
YEL
OK
OC-3
UNI NRV NO_REQUEST
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-48
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspbecnt
dspbecnt
Display Bit-Error Information
Enter the dspbecnt command to view the APS bit-error information for a generic line.
Syntax
dspbecnt <line>
Syntax Description
line
Working line number. Enter the value 1.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspbecnt 1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-49
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspbkpl
dspbkpl
Display Backplane
The dspbkpl command displays the switch backplane information.
Syntax
dspbkpl
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspbkpl
BackPlane Information
--------------------Card Type:
PCB number:
PCB revision:
PCA number:
PCB serial number:
CLEI CODE:
FAB number:
0x145
800-04793-04
05
73-3349-04
SAA03370924
IPMAABOARA
28-2687-04
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-50
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspcd
dspcd
Display Card Information
Enter the dspcd command to view the hardware and firmware information about the selected PXM.
Syntax
dspcd <slot number>
Syntax Description
slot number
Slot number of the installed PXM, either 1 or 2.
Example
spirita.2.PXM.s > dspcd
spirita.2
System Rev:01.00
Jul. 17, 2000
16:31:25 PST
SES-CNTL
Slot Number
1
Redundant Slot: 2
Front Card
---------Inserted Card:
PXM1_OC3
Reserved Card:
PXM1_OC3
State:
Active
Serial Number:
SBK033300F8
Prim SW Rev:
1.0(231)A1
Sec SW Rev:
1.0(231)A1
Cur SW Rev:
1.0(231)A1
Boot FW Rev:
1.0(1)
800-level Rev:
A0
Orderable Part#:
800-05610-02
CLEI Code:
BAA4HCZAAA
Reset Reason:
On Reset From Shell
Card Alarm:
NONE
Failed Reason:
None
Miscellaneous Information:
spirita.2
System Rev:01.00
Jul. 17, 2000
16:31:25 PST
SES-CNTL
Crossbar Slot Status:
Node Alarm:NONE
Upper Card
----------
Lower Card
----------
UIA BackCard
UIA BackCard
Active
SBK033000QP
--------A0
800-03688-01
BAI9Y00AAA
MMF_4_OC3
MMF_4_OC3
Active
SBK03340075
--------A0
800-05053-01
BA2IKNJBAA
Node Alarm:NONE
No Crossbar
Alarm Causes
-----------NO ALARMS
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-51
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspcdalms
dspcdalms
Display Card Alarms
Enter the dspcdalms command to view the summary of node card alarms. This includes line alarms, port
alarms, and channel alarms.
Syntax
dspcdalms
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspcdalms
Node Card Alarm Summary
Line Alarm
Port Alarm
Channel Alarm
Slot
Slot
Slot
1
1
1
Critical
Critical
Critical
2
0
0
Major
Major
Major
0
0
0
Minor
Minor
Minor
0
0
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-52
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspcderrs
dspcderrs
Display Card Errors
Enter the dspcderrs command to display information about card errors.
Syntax
dspcderrs
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspcderrs
dspcderrs
08/05/95-18:53:05 tRootTask
3 Task failed
09/05/95-09:14:08 tRootTask
3 Task failed
: scm
: scm
value = 0 = 0x0spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-53
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspcds
dspcds
Display Card Status
Enter the dspcds command to view status of all installed cards in the SES PNNI Controller.
Syntax
dspcds
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspcds
spirita
Backplane Serial No: 12345
Card
Slot
---
Front/Back
Card State
----------
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Active/Active
Standby/Active
Empty
Empty
Empty
Empty
Empty
Card
Type
-------PXM1_OC3
PXM1_OC3
-----------
System Rev: 01.00
Bp HW Rev: 00.00
Alarm
Status
--------
May. 21, 2000 05:34:12 PST
GMT Offset: -8
Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Redundant Redundancy
Slot
Type
-----------
NONE
NONE
-----------
02
01
-----------
PRIMARY SLOT
SECONDARY SLOT
-----------
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-54
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspcdstatus
dspcdstatus
Display Card Alarm Status
Enter the dspcdstatus command to view the status of the card alarms.
Syntax
dspcdstatus <slotnumber>
Syntax Description
slotnumber
Command delineator that precedes the slot number entry.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspcdstatus
Defaulting to logical slot
1.
Logical Slot
1
Physical Slot
Card Alarm Status - Type LINE
1
Severity CRITICAL
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-55
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspclkinfo
dspclkinfo
Display Clock Information
Enter the dspclkinfo command to display clock information.
Syntax
dspclkinfo
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspclkinfo
****** Clock HW registers ********
SEL_T1 = t1
SEL100 = ON
SEL120 = ON
NOEXTCLK = ON
SEL120 = ON
priMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
prevPriMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
primaryInbandClockSourceLineNum = 0
secMuxClockSource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK
prevSecMuxClockSource = none
secondaryInbandClockSourceLineNumber = 1
currentClockSetReq = primary
currentClockHwStat = primary
PreviousClockHwStat = internal
extClockPresent = No
extClkConnectorType = RJ45
extClkSrcImpedance = 100 Ohms
Internal Clock Status=255, Primary Clock Status=0
Secondary Clock Status=0, Last inband Clock State=0
last Inband Clock state= 0, Last External Clock Present = 1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-56
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspconstats
dspconstats
Display Connection Statistics
Displays connection statistics for a port.
Syntax
dspconstats <portid> <vpi> [<vci>]
Syntax Description
portid
Interface number, in the form of [shelf.]slot[:subslot].port[:subport].
vpi
Minimum VPI value for the connection. Enter a number in the range from 0 to 4095.
vci
Minimum VCI value for the connection. Enter a number in the range from 0 to 65535,
The default value for vp connections is 0.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspconstats 1:1.1:11
Call Statistics for 1:1.1:11
Incoming Call Attempts:
209
Outgoing Call Attempts:
8
Incoming Call Success:
6
Outgoing Call Success:
0
Incoming Call Failures:
0
Outgoing Call Failures:
209
Incoming Filtering Failures:0
Outgoing Filtering Failures : 0
Incoming Routing Failures:
0
Outgoing Routing Failures :
209
Incoming CAC Failures:
0
Outgoing CAC Failures :
0
Incoming Timer Failures:
0
Outgoing Timer Failures :
0
Incoming Crankback Failures:0
Outgoing Crankback Failures : 0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-57
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspdate
dspdate
Display Date
Enter the dspdate command to display the current date and time.
Syntax
dspdate
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspdate
Aug 22 2001 14:17:28 PDT
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-58
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspdbinfo
dspdbinfo
Display Database Info
Enter the dspdbinfo command to display different levels of detailed information about the database.
Syntax
dspdbinfo <level>
Syntax Description
level
Displays the level of detail in the database information that is displayed. Select one
of the following levels:
•
0to 1—Database summary info.
•
2—Database and table Summary info.
•
3+ —Database info and detailed table Info.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-59
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspdbinfo
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspdbinfo 1
-------------------------------------------------ALL DATABASES
================
Total number of DB:
Specified=10
Created=9
Registered=9
================
-------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 1 Name = plfm:LineDrvDb Version = 0x1000000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 2 Name = statUpldDB Version = 0x1000000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 3 Name = ipconnDb Version = 0x1000000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 4 Name = RTMData Version = 0x1000000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 5 Name = plfm:aps Version = 0x1000000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 6 Name = cntpAuthen Version = 0x1000000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 7 Name = cntpAuthParams Version = 0x1000000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 8 Name = provRed Version = 0x1000000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Database: dbId = 9 Name = spvcRed Version = 0x1000000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-60
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspcwmrole
dspcwmrole
Display Cisco Wan Manager Role (IP Address)
Enter the dspcwmrole command to view the IP address of the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) sin the
primary, secondary, tertiary, or statistics master for this node.
Syntax
dspcwmrole <primary | secondary | tertiary | statsmaster>
Syntax Description
primary
Primary IP address of CWM for this node.
secondary
Secondary IP address of CWM for this node.
tertiary
Tertiary IP address of CWM for this node.
statsmaster
Statistics master for this node.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspcwmrole primary
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-61
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspdisk
dspdisk
Display Disk Utilization
Enter the dspdisk command to display disk utilization. A likely application of dspdisk is a routine check
of disk utilization by running a script that includes this command.
Note
The capacity of the disk is very large relative to typical usage and therefore does not present potential
restrictions. The output shows the allocated space rather than the physical capacity of the drive.
Syntax
dspdisk <disk partition>
Syntax Description
disk partition
Displays the space utilization of each directory under that partition or directory, in
addition to disk summary information. The disk partition can be one of the
following:
•
name of the disk partition (for example, C:)
•
directory name (for example, C:/LOG)
Note
Note
If you do not state the disk partition, only the summary of the total and free
space on each disk partition is displayed.
The dspdisk command will not handle multiple partitions or directories on the command-line.
Example
Display a utilization summary of the total and free space on each disk partition.
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspdisk
==========================================================
Partition C: Allocated Size: 800 MB Free Space: 574 MB
Partition D: Allocated Size: 600 MB Free Space: 564 MB
Partition E: Allocated Size: 100 MB Free Space:
99 MB
Partition F: Allocated Size: 800 MB Free Space: 799 MB
==========================================================
Display a utilization summary of a specified disk partition.
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspdisk c:
==========================================================
Partition C: Allocated Size: 800 MB Free Space: 634 MB
Partition D: Allocated Size: 200 MB Free Space: 175 MB
Partition E: Allocated Size: 100 MB Free Space:
99 MB
Partition F: Allocated Size: 1000 MB Free Space: 999 MB
==========================================================
Disk usage for c:
==========================================================
Error: could not stat() c:
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-62
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspenvalms
dspenvalms
Display Environmental Alarms
Enter the dspenvalms command to view environment alarms. This includes line alarms, port alarms, and
channel alarms.
Syntax
dspenvalms
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspenvalms
spirita
System Rev: 01.00
May. 21, 2000 08:26:56 PST
SES-CNTL
Node Alarm: CRITICAL
ENVIRONMENTAL ALARM STATE INFO
^Notification Disabled
Alarm Type
Unit
Threshold
DataType
Value
State
---------------- ---- --------------------- ---------- ------------Temperature
<= 50
Celsius
26
Normal
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
DC Voltage
A1
A2
A3
A
none
none
none
42 to 54
None
None
None
VoltsDC
none
none
none
49
Normal
Missing
Missing
Normal
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
DC Voltage
B1
B2
B3
B
none
none
none
42 to 54
None
None
None
VoltsDC
none
none
none
0
Missing
Missing
Missing
Normal
Fan
Fan
Fan
Fan
Fan
1
2
3
4
5
>=
>=
>=
>=
>=
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
2790
2754
2700
2652
2676
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Tray
Tray
Tray
Tray
Tray
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: dsp
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-63
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsperr
dsperr
Display Error Log Files
Enter the dsperr command to view the contents of either all error log files or a specific error log file.
Syntax
dsperr [-en <error slot>] [-sl<slot number>]
Syntax Description
-en
Command delineator that precedes the error slot entry.
error slot
Number of the error log file.
-sl
Command delineator that precedes the slot number entry.
slot number
Number of the slot that contains the card you want to work on, either 1 or 2.
Example
spirit3.1.1.PXM.a > dsperr
---------Stack Trace:
0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry
0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup
0x800dff7c rmm_main
0x800df764 rmm_process_message
0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat
0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat
0x800d0a10 ipc_renumber_as_slave
0x800d3430 my_free
0x8001c378 ssiFree
0x800274dc ssiEvent
0x800277bc ssiEvent
---------No Dump Trace before the event
spirit3.1.1.PXM.a >
+ c:
+ 58:
+624:
+ 98:
+ ac:
+ 50:
+208:
+ 8:
+ 8c:
+11c:
+3fc:
sysTaskSetup()
rmm_main()
rmm_process_message()
rmm_delete_seat()
ipc_remove_seat()
ipc_renumber_as_slave()
my_free()
ssiFree()
ssiEvent()
ssiEvent()
sysStackTrace()
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsperr
Error Log for Slot 01: Error Num 42
Firmware version: 001.000.000.000_swtools Product Id: 3
Timestamp: 05/21/2000-04:41:33 Node name: spirita
Section Number 0:
Event Logged:
01-00124 05/21/2000-04:41:33 DB2S-4-DBSYNC_NULLPARA
E:00042 tDbgCmdTsk 0x800e9f58
ssiFRIsDirReplicated: Invalid Parameter: NULL pointer or NULL string for Path Name
Section Number 1:
Stack Trace:
0x805ce684 vxTaskEntry
0x800720e4 sysTaskSetup
0x80197924 cliCmdTask
0x80197098 cliCmdExec
0x8019841c cliRemove
0x800e9f58 ssiFRIsDirReplicated
0x8005e0dc ssiEvent
+00c:
+09c:
+478:
+270:
+184:
+068:
+24c:
sysTaskSetup+0()
cliCmdTask+0()
cliCmdExec+0()
cliRemove+0()
ssiFRIsDirReplicated+0()
ssiEvent+0()
ssiEventMsgReport+0()
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-64
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsperr
0x8005e618 ssiEventMsgReport
+284: ssiStackTrace+0()
-------------Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: q
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-65
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsperrhist
dsperrhist
Display Error History
Enter the dsperrhist command to display a log of errors and failures.
Syntax
dsperrhist [slot number]
Syntax Description
slot number
Number of the slot that contains the card you want to work on. Use this object
to display the log of errors and failures on a specific slot.
Example
Display a log of errors and failures for all cards on the switch.
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dsperrhist
Log of Errors and Failures:
Entry#--Event#---EventName-------------------------------TimeStamp----------01
0x1000
RAM sync error
08/11/2000-16:50:34
02
0x1000
RAM sync error
08/11/2000-16:51:54
03
0x301f
syncRam DB Reset Init from STBY failed
08/11/2000-16:53:12
04
0x0007
SHM_CDF_MAX_RESETS_REACHED
08/11/2000-16:54:28
05
0x301f
syncRam DB Reset Init from STBY failed
08/11/2000-16:58:16
06
0x1000
RAM sync error
08/11/2000-16:59:36
07
0x301f
syncRam DB Reset Init from STBY failed
08/11/2000-17:00:56
08
0x301f
syncRam DB Reset Init from STBY failed
08/11/2000-17:01:35
09
0x1000
RAM sync error
09/07/2000-20:43:05
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Display a log of errors and failures for a specific card.
spirit11.1.1.PXM.aspirit11.1.1.PXM.a> dsperrhist 2
Log of Errors and Failures:
Entry#--Event#---EventName-------------------------------TimeStamp----------01
0x1000
RAM sync error
07/07/2000-09:29:31
02
0x1000
RAM sync error
07/07/2000-09:30:51
03
0x301f
syncRam DB Reset Init from STBY failed
07/07/2000-09:32:11
04
0x0007
SHM_CDF_MAX_RESETS_REACHED
07/07/2000-09:33:19
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-66
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsperrhist
05
0x1000
RAM sync error
07/07/2000-22:25:06
06
0x1000
RAM sync error
07/07/2000-22:26:26
07
0x301f
syncRam DB Reset Init from STBY failed
07/07/2000-22:27:46
08
0x0007
SHM_CDF_MAX_RESETS_REACHED
07/07/2000-22:28:54
09
0x1000
RAM sync error
07/08/2000-04:29:58
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-67
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsperrs
dsperrs
Display Errors
The dsperrs command allows you to display the contents of all error log files.
Syntax
dsperrs
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsperrs
Error Log for Slot 01: Error Num 4
Event Logged:
01-00025 08/13/2001-16:07:06 MIB-7-NOENTPHYSINDEX
E:00004 tmon
0x80271b50
entityPhysicalIndexGet: entPhysicalIndex not found for Subclass 10 Container 15
Error Log for Slot 01: Error Num 3
Event Logged:
01-00022 08/13/2001-16:07:05 MIB-7-NOENTPHYSINDEX
E:00003 tmon
0x80271b50
entityPhysicalIndexGet: entPhysicalIndex not found for Subclass 10 Container 11
Error Log for Slot 01: Error Num 2
Event Logged:
01-00014 08/13/2001-16:07:05 SHMA-7-API_BC_REPORT
E:00002 tLDRV10ms 0x80198988
shmBackCardInsertReport: AppId 0x1000b, tId 0x1004d, tName tLDRV10ms , BayTypec
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Error Log for Slot 01: Error Num 1
Event Logged:
01-00166 08/13/2001-16:06:27 SHM_-7-NODE_RESET
E:00001 ShelfMgr
0x801763b4
SHM INFO: Node Reset, reason 9, callerPc 0x80172804
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-68
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspif
dspif
Display Broadband Interface Information
Enter the dspif command to view configuration and state information for the selected broadband
interface.
Syntax
dspif <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
Interface number, in the range 1–32.
Example
View configuration and state information for broadband interface number 1:
spirit3.1.1.PXM.a > dspif 1
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
-----------------------------------------------------1
Ena
1
10
10
0
19
spirit3.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-69
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspipconntask
dspipconntask
Display IP Connectivity Task
Enter the dspipconntask command to display the current state of the IP connectivity task. As a part of
a troubleshooting regimen, the dspipconntask command can help you isolate a problem related to IP
connectivity.
Syntax
dspipconntask
Example
Display the task information IP connection on the PXM. Note that the Task Debug Level can be modified
through the setipconndebug command.
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspipconntask
IP CONNECTIVITY TASK INFORMATION
---------------------------------------------------------Task State:
ACTIVE
Card State:
READY
Task Id:
0x1000d
Subtask Id:
0x10042
Disk API State:
OK
SyncRam API State:
OK (NEED SENDREADY)
Task SyncRam State:
NO SYNCHRONIZATION
Task Disk Update Bitmap:
Device Table:
0 0 0
Task SyncRam Update Bitmap:
Disk:
0 0 0
IO Links:
0 0 0
Interface Cache: 0 0 0
BootChange Sync: 0 0 0
Task Debug Level:
0x1
Task Logging To:
Event Log
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-70
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspipif
dspipif
Display IP Interface Information
Enter the dspipif command to view configuration and statistics information associated with one or all
IP interfaces.
Syntax
dspipif [interface]
Syntax Description
interface
Interface name. Enter one of the following terms:
•
atm0
•
lnfci0
•
sl0
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspipif
spirita
System Rev: 01.01
Sep. 20, 2001 14:21:07 PDT
SES-CNTL
Node Alarm: MAJOR
IP INTERFACE CONFIGURATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------atm (unit number 0):
Flags: (0xc61) UP ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 192.0.0.0
Netmask 0xffffff00 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:00:00:00:00:00
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 packets received; 0 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions
Additional Flags: (0xc00) SVC,PVC
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-71
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspipifcache
dspipifcache
Display Interface Cache Translation Table
Enter the dspipifcache command to view the interface cache translation table for one or all interfaces.
Syntax
dspipifcache [interface]
Syntax Description
interface
(Optional). Interface type, stated as atm0.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspipifcache
spirita
System Rev: 01.00
May. 21, 2000 06:03:36 PST
SES-CNTL
Node Alarm: CRITICAL
IP CONNECTIVITY INTERFACE CACHE
Interface
IpAddress
VcId
Age(Flush@120000)
Flags
-------------------------------------------------------------------------No Entries
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-72
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsplmilink
dsplmilink
Display LMI links
Enter the dsplmilink command to display LMI links on a line.
Syntax
dsplmilink
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dsplmilink
TRK
Current Alarm Status
Other End
1.1
CLEAR
espbpx1/4.4
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-73
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsplmiloop
dsplmiloop
Display Local Management Interface Loopback State
Enter the dsplmiloop command to display the LMI loopback state for a line.
Syntax
dsplmiloop
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
TRK
LMI LOOP STATUS
----------------------2.1
Disabled
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-74
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsplmistats
dsplmistats
Display Local Management Interface Statistics Configuration
Enter the dsplmistats command to view the current Local Management Interface (LMI) configurations.
Syntax
dspilmistats
Example
spirit3.1.1.PXM.a > dspilmistats
Polling Enabled:
1
Port Status
:
1
VPI.VCI
:
3.31
T393
:
10
N394
:
5
T394
:
10
N395
:
5
WaitStatus
:
0
WaitStAck
:
0
Retry Timer
:
0
Retry Count
:
1
Poll Timer
:
1
Trans Num
:
210
Status
Rx :
55762
Status
Tx :
53550
UpdtStatus Rx :
0
UpdtStatus Tx :
0
Status Enq Rx :
53550
Status Enq Tx :
55762
Status Ack Rx :
0
Status Ack Tx :
0
NodeStatus Rx :
43918
Type <CR> to continue, Q <CR> to stop:
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-75
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsplog
dsplog
Display Log
Enter the dsplog command to view events and messages logged by the selected PXM. The most recent
events appear at the top of the list. You can display the entire list of logged messages by typing the
dsplog command without arguments, or you can specify the individual card for which you want to view
the log information.
Note
This document describes the dsplog command on the SES. This command is also in the BPX CLI.
Syntax
dsplog -log <EventLog# > -mod <ModuleName> -sev <Severity#> -sl <Slot#> -task <TaskName>
-tge <MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS> -tle <MM/DD/YYYY -HH:MM:SS>
Syntax Description
-log
Command delineator that precedes the EventLog# entry.
EventLog#
Number of the event log item.
-mod
Command delineator that precedes the Module Name entry.
Module Name
Module name.
-sev
Command delineator that precedes the Severity # entry.
Severity #
Severity number.
-sl
Command delineator that precedes the Slot# entry.
Slot#
Slot number that contains the card associated with the event log.
-task
Command delineator that precedes the TaskName entry.
TaskName
Task name.
-tge
Command delineator that precedes the MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS
entry, to define time greater than, or equal.
MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS
Month, day, year, hour, minute, second.
-tle
Command delineator that precedes the MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS
entry, to define time less than, or equal.
MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS
Month, day, year, hour, minute, second.
Example
spirit3.1.1.PXM.a > dsplog
02-12037 09/22/2000-17:31:09 FTPD-7-FTPDLIB3
FtpdServ1 0x8027e204
EVNT:ftp user logged OFF:username=
superuser
02-12036 09/22/2000-17:31:09 FTPD-7-FTPDLIB3
FtpdServ1 0x8027d3b8
EVNT:ftp user logged ON:username=
superuser
02-12035 09/22/2000-17:31:09 FTPD-7-FTPDLIB3
FtpdServ1 0x8027e204
EVNT:ftp user logged OFF:username=
superuser
02-12034 09/22/2000-17:31:09 FTPD-7-FTPDLIB3
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-76
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsplog
FtpdServ1 0x8027d3b8
EVNT:ftp user logged ON:username=
superuser
02-12033 09/22/2000-17:31:09 FTPD-7-FTPDLIB3
FtpdServ1 0x8027e204
EVNT:ftp user logged OFF:username=
superuser
02-12032 09/22/2000-17:31:09 FTPD-7-FTPDLIB3
FtpdServ1 0x8027d3b8
EVNT:ftp user logged ON:username=
superuser
02-12031 09/22/2000-17:31:09 FTPD-7-FTPDLIB3
FtpdServ1 0x8027e204
EVNT:ftp user logged OFF:username=
superuser
02-12030 09/22/2000-17:31:09 FTPD-7-FTPDLIB3
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-77
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsplogs
dsplogs
Display Logs
Enter the dsplogs command to view PXM log files.
Syntax
dsplogs
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dsplogs
Current Event log number: 20
Event log 20: C:/LOG/event20.log
starting timestamp: 09/22/2000-12:31:04
Event log 19: C:/LOG/event19.log
starting timestamp: 09/22/2000-00:21:01
Event log 18: C:/LOG/event18.log
starting timestamp: 09/20/2000-22:42:11
Event log 17: C:/LOG/event17.log
starting timestamp: 09/19/2000-16:05:52
Event log 16: C:/LOG/event16.log
starting timestamp: 09/19/2000-01:35:08
Event log 15: C:/LOG/event15.log
starting timestamp: 09/18/2000-16:32:47
Event log 14: C:/LOG/event14.log
starting timestamp: 09/18/2000-07:20:02
Event log 13: C:/LOG/event13.log
starting timestamp: 09/17/2000-17:50:13
Event log 12: C:/LOG/event12.log
starting timestamp: 09/16/2000-22:24:37
Event log 11: C:/LOG/event11.log
starting timestamp: 09/16/2000-01:35:50
Event log 10: C:/LOG/event10.log
starting timestamp: 09/15/2000-22:05:42
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-78
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspndalms
dspndalms
Display Node Alarms
Enter the dspndalms command to view the node alarm, including clock alarms, switching alarms,
shelfslot alarms, environment alarms, and card alarms.
Syntax
dspndalms
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspndalms
Node Alarm Summary
Alarm Type
Clock Alarms
Switching Alarms
Shelf Slot Alarms
Environment Alarms
Alarms From Cards
Critical
0
0
0
0
2
Major
0
0
0
0
0
Minor
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-79
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspndstatus
dspndstatus
Display Node Alarm Status
Enter the dspndstatus command to view the status of the node alarms.
Syntax
dspndstatus
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspndstatus
Total Alarms =
2
Node Alarm Status - Type LINE ALARM
Severity CRITICAL
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-80
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsppingatmaddr
dsppingatmaddr
Add address
Display the default ping ATM address.
Syntax
dsppingatmaddr
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsppingatmaddr
47.0091.8100.0000.0030.71f8.00ad.0030.71f8.00ad.99
length: 160
type: unknown
proto: unknown
scope: 0
plan: unknown
redistribute
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-81
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspprfhist
dspprfhist
Display Performance History
The dspprfhist command shows the percentage of activity of tasks. Refer to the Example section for the
type of displayed information. The command applies primarily to internal Cisco developers.
Syntax
dspprfhist
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspprfhist
espses1.1.PXM.a > dspprfhist
CURRENT TIME
8:52:13
Sample #
0
8:48:14(From)-8:51:34(To)
TASK
TaskId
%
--------------------------------------INTERRUPT
0.0250
KERNEL
0.0050
IDLE
99.9050
UNKOWN
0.0350
tSarDisp
41
0.0050
lmiRootTask
62
0.0250
Sample #
-1
8:44:54(From)-8:48:14(To)
TASK
TaskId
%
--------------------------------------INTERRUPT
0.0200
KERNEL
0.0050
IDLE
99.9150
UNKOWN
0.0050
tQe0Task
42
0.0100
tQe1Task
43
0.0100
lmiRootTask
62
0.0050
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-82
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspred
dspred
Display Redundancy
Enter the dspred command to view redundancy information.
Syntax
dspred
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspred
spirita
System Rev: 02.00
May. 22, 2000 11:25:02 GMT
SES-CNTL
Node Alarm: NONE
Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Redundancy
SlotNum
Type
State
SlotNum
Type
State
Type
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---------1
PXM1
Active
2
PXM1
Standby
1-1
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-83
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsprevs
dsprevs
Display Revisions
The dsprevs command shows the current versions of firmware for slots 1 and 2. The optional parameter
lets you see the status of a firmware revision change that is in progress. Slight variations exist in the
display with and without the optional status parameter:
•
Without a parameter, dsprevs shows the versions of current runtime firmware and boot firmware.
•
With the optional rev-change status parameter, dsprevs shows the current runtime firmware version,
the primary and secondary runtime firmware versions, and the status of the revision change.
Usually, a revision change is an upgrade rather than a downgrade.
For information on graceful firmware upgrades, see loadrev, runrev, and so on. Note that the
dspversion command shows the primary and secondary firmware versions for only the current slot.
Syntax
dsprevs [-status]
Syntax Description
-status
Cause the display to show the status of a firmware revision change. If a revision
change is in progress in a particular slot, the Rev Change Status column shows the
command—loadrev for example—for that slot and whether the process is an upgrade
(“U”) or a downgrade (“D”.)
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsprevs
espses1
SES-CNTL
Physical
Slot
--------
System Rev: 01.00
Logical
Slot
-------
Inserted
Card
--------
Cur Sw
Revision
--------
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
01
01
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
PXM1_OC3
---------------------------
1.0(13)
---------------------------
Aug. 27, 2001 00:54:10 PDT
Node Alarm: MAJOR
Boot FW
Revision
-------65.1(50.163)
---------------------------
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-84
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspslotalms
dspslotalms
Display Slot Alarms
Enter the dspslotalms command to view the slot alarms, including card alarms, card hardware alarms,
disk alarms, and interface card alarms.
Syntax
dspslotalms
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspslotalms
Node Slot Alarm Summary
Card Alarm
Card Hardware
Disk Alarm
Interface Card
Critical
Critical
Critical
Critical
0
0
0
0
Major
Major
Major
Major
0
0
0
0
Minor
Minor
Minor
Minor
0
0
0
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-85
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspsem
dspsem
Display Semaphore
Displays semaphore information for a specified semaphore.
Syntax
dspsem <semaphore ID> <level>
Syntax Description
semaphore ID Resource ID.
level
Display the level. Enter 0, 1, or 2.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspsem 1 1
SSI_SEMID
Semaphore Id
Semaphore Type
Task Queuing
Pended Tasks
State
:
:
:
:
:
:
0x1
0x820595d0
BINARY
FIFO
0
EMPTY
initState
: 0
recv action
: LOG_ERROR
recv function
: 0x0
number recursive
: 0
SSI_SEMID
Name
Creation Time
Task
0x1 plfm:cardready 08/24/2001 14:29:05 tRootTask
SSI_SEMID
Name
0x1 plfm:cardready
SSI_SEMID
Name
0x1 plfm:cardready
Last Take Task
0xffffffff
Taken
0
Location
sysCardInit+688
Location
Address 0x0
AveHoldTime
0 uSec
AveDelayTime
0 uSec
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-86
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspsems
dspsems
Display Semaphores
Displays information about all semaphores in the network.
Syntax
dspsems
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspsems
NAME
TYPE
SSI_SEMID
plfm:cardready
BINARY
0x1
plfm:eventlog
MUTEX
0x2
plfm:errorslot
MUTEX
0x3
plfm:watchbool
BINARY
0x4
plfm:cardactive
BINARY
0x5
plfm:statistics
BINARY
0x6
plfm:pxmMib
BINARY
0x7
plfm:novRead
BINARY
0x8
plfm:pathinit
BINARY
0x9
SSIDIO_FD_TABLE
MUTEX
0x1000a
MUTEX
0x1000b
MUTEX
0x1000c
MUTEX
0x1000d
BINARY
0x1000e
BINARY
0x1000f
BINARY
0x10010
BINARY
0x10011
BINARY
0x10012
BINARY
0x10013
BINARY
0x10014
BINARY
0x10015
BINARY
0x10016
BINARY
0x10017
BINARY
0x10018
BINARY
0x10019
BINARY
0x1001a
BINARY
0x1001b
BINARY
0x1001c
BINARY
0x1001d
BINARY
0x1001e
BINARY
0x1001f
BINARY
0x10020
BINARY
0x10021
BINARY
0x10022
BINARY
0x10023
BINARY
0x10024
BINARY
0x10025
SEM_ID
LAST_TAKE_TASK
0x820595d0
0xffffffff
0x820595a0
tLOGD
0x82059570
0xffffffff
0x82059540
0xffffffff
0x82059510
0xffffffff
0x820594e0
0xffffffff
0x820594b0
0xffffffff
0x82059480
pnPnni
0x82059450
tRootTask
0x820ffcd0
dbSvrIO
0x820ffca0
0xffffffff
0x820ffc70
0xffffffff
0x820ffc40
0xffffffff
0x820ffc10
0xffffffff
0x820ffbe0
0xffffffff
0x820ffbb0
0xffffffff
0x820ffb80
0xffffffff
0x820ffb50
0xffffffff
0x820ffb20
0xffffffff
0x820ffaf0
0xffffffff
0x820ffac0
0xffffffff
0x820ffa90
0xffffffff
0x820ffa60
0xffffffff
0x820ffa30
0xffffffff
0x820ffa00
0xffffffff
0x820ff9d0
0xffffffff
0x8219cfe0
0xffffffff
0x8219cfb0
0xffffffff
0x820fa880
0xffffffff
0x820fa850
0xffffffff
0x820fa820
0xffffffff
0x820fa7f0
0xffffffff
0x820fa7c0
0xffffffff
0x820fa790
0xffffffff
0x820fa760
0xffffffff
0x820fa730
0xffffffff
0x820fa700
0xffffffff
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-87
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspsems
qe0MutexSem
qe1MutexSem
cbc0MutexSem
cbc1MutexSem
sarGlcnPoolSem
sarTxSem
sarTxSem
sarQeDmaDoneSem
sarQeXmtRcvReqS
sarQeDmaDoneSem
sarQeXmtRcvReqS
CTC_CSM_LOCK
SYNCRAM_DB_TBL
FNKEY_TBL_SEM
RCHKEY_TBL_SEM
SYNCRAM_SM_LOCK
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
MUTEX
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
COUNTING
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
0x10026
0x10027
0x10028
0x10029
0x1002a
0x1002b
0x1002c
0x1002d
0x1002e
0x1002f
0x10030
0x10031
0x10032
0x10033
0x10034
0x10035
0x10036
0x10037
0x10038
0x10039
0x1003a
0x1003b
0x1003c
0x1003d
0x1003e
0x1003f
0x10040
0x10041
0x10042
0x10043
0x10044
0x10045
0x10046
0x10047
0x10048
0x10049
0x1004a
0x1004b
0x1004c
0x1004d
0x1004e
0x1004f
0x10050
0x10051
0x10052
0x10053
0x10054
0x10055
0x10056
0x10057
0x10058
0x10059
0x1005a
0x1005b
0x1005c
0x1005d
0x1005e
0x1005f
0x10060
0x10061
0x10062
0x10063
0x10064
0x10065
0x820fa6d0
0x820fa6a0
0x820fa670
0x820fa640
0x820fa610
0x820fa5e0
0x820fa5b0
0x820fa580
0x820fa550
0x820fa520
0x820fa4f0
0x820fa4c0
0x820fa490
0x820fa460
0x820fa430
0x820fa400
0x820fa3d0
0x820fa3a0
0x820fa370
0x820fa340
0x820fa310
0x820fa2e0
0x820fa2b0
0x820fa280
0x820fa250
0x820fa220
0x820f8e10
0x820f8de0
0x820f8db0
0x820f8d80
0x820f8d50
0x820f8d20
0x820f8cf0
0x820f3b20
0x82052bb0
0x82052b80
0x82052b50
0x82052b20
0x82040140
0x8202e5b0
0x8202e580
0x8202e550
0x8202e520
0x820142c0
0x82014290
0x82014260
0x82014230
0x82014200
0x820141d0
0x820141a0
0x82014170
0x82014140
0x82014110
0x820140e0
0x820140b0
0x82014080
0x82014050
0x82014020
0x82013ff0
0x82013fc0
0x82013f90
0x82013f60
0x82013f30
0x82013f00
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
pnSscop
tLDRV10ms
tSCM
tSCM
0xffffffff
tQe0Task
tQe1Task
tTnInTsk01
tQe0Task
tQe0Task
tQe1Task
tQe1Task
TrapRat
pnRedman
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
tSyncRamDb
dbSvrIO
dbSvrIO
dbSvrIO
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
dbSvrIO
dbSvrIO
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-88
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspsems
fasLocalFdTblSe
DB_SYNC_REQ
DB_SYNC_REQ
DB_SYNC_RESP
DB_SYNC_RESP
Stat_Upload_SEM
CUTS_CB_semid
CUTS_WCB_semid
CUTW_FILE_ONE
CUTW_FILE_TWO
CUTW_FILE_THREE
CUTW_FILE_FOUR
CUTW_FILE_FIVE
MASemaphore
IOSemaphore
ipconnDb
ipconnDb
ssiThreadSem
cliSyncRamDb
cliSyncRamDb
Rp_mutex
SALock
SAIoSemaphore
CUT_MIB_semid
singleThrMibFun
cntpSem_0000000
CPI:SEM
PnRedMan
PnRedMan
RtmConfSem
cntpSem_0000000
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
MUTEX
COUNTING
BINARY
COUNTING
BINARY
MUTEX
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
COUNTING
BINARY
BINARY
COUNTING
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
COUNTING
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
0x10066
0x10067
0x10068
0x10069
0x1006a
0x1006b
0x1006c
0x1006d
0x1006e
0x1006f
0x10070
0x10071
0x10072
0x10073
0x10074
0x10075
0x10076
0x10077
0x10078
0x10079
0x1007a
0x1007b
0x1007c
0x1007d
0x1007e
0x1007f
0x10080
0x10081
0x10082
0x10083
0x10084
0x10085
0x10086
0x10087
0x10088
0x10089
0x1008a
0x1008b
0x1008c
0x1008d
0x1008e
0x1008f
0x10090
0x10091
0x10092
0x10093
0x10094
0x10095
0x10096
0x10097
0x10098
0x10099
0x1009a
0x1009b
0x1009c
0x1009d
0x1009e
0x1009f
0x100a0
0x100a1
0x82013ed0
0x82013ea0
0x82013e70
0x82013e40
0x82013e10
0x82013de0
0x82013db0
0x82013d80
0x82013d50
0x82013d20
0x82013cf0
0x82013cc0
0x82013c90
0x82013c60
0x82013c30
0x82013c00
0x82013bd0
0x82013ba0
0x82013b70
0x82013b40
0x82013b10
0x82013ae0
0x82013ab0
0x82013a80
0x82013a50
0x82013a20
0x820139f0
0x820139c0
0x82013990
0x820114f0
0x8200cc70
0x8200cc40
0x8200cbe0
0x8200cbb0
0x81fe82b0
0x81fdf480
0x81fdf450
0x81fdf420
0x81fdf3f0
0x81fdf3c0
0x81fdf390
0x81fdf360
0x81fdf1e0
0x81fdcf20
0x82022190
0x82022160
0x81fca9b0
0x81fb7ad0
0x81fb7aa0
0x81fb7a10
0x81fb79e0
0x81fb79b0
0x81fb74c0
0x81fb7460
0x81fb7700
0x81fa7e50
0x81f6a300
0x81f6a2d0
0x81f67840
0x821e8390
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
dbSvrVal
cutSTask
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
StatUpldMg
0xffffffff
cutW3Task
snmpSA
snmpSA
snmpSA
snmpSA
snmpSA
snmpMA
snmpMA
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
tLDRV10ms
snmpSA
snmpSA
cutSTask
0xffffffff
tTnCmdTsk0
pnPnni
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
trapSrvTas
0x10064
Free semaphores : 339
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-89
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspserialif
dspserialif
Display Serial Interface
The dspserialif command displays the data rate on one of the serial interfaces on the PXM back card.
See cnfserialif for an explanation.
Syntax
dspserialif <port#>
Syntax Description
port#
Indicates the type of port you want to display. Enter 1 to add a maintenance port.
Enter 2 to add a console port.
Example
Display the console port speed.
spirita.1.PXM.a >
SerialPortNum
:
SerialPortType
SerialPortSpeed
dspserialif 2
1
: maintenance
: 0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-90
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspsnmp
dspsnmp
Display SNMP Information
Enter the dspsnmp command to display disk utilization.
Syntax
dspsnmp
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspsnmp
Unknown
SES-CNTL
Community:
System Location:
System Contact
System Rev:01.00
Sep. 27, 2000 06:25:35 PST
Node Alarm:MAJOR
ro
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-91
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspswalms
dspswalms
Display Switch Alarms
Enter the dspswalms command to display alarms for circuits on the PXM.
Syntax
dspswalms
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dspswalms
Node Switching Alarm Summary
Card Crossbar
Crossbar Fabric
Humvee Alarm
espses3.2.PXM.a >
Critical
Critical
Critical
0
0
0
Major
Major
Major
0
0
0
Minor
Minor
Minor
0
0
0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-92
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsptrapip
dsptrapip
Display Trap IP
Displays a trap IP address.
Syntax
dsptrapip
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dsptrapip
Trap IP Address :0.0.0.0
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-93
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dsptrapmgr
dsptrapmgr
Display Trap Manager Information
Enter the dsptrapmgr command to display all the details about a trap manager or all existing trap
managers. The dsptrapmgr output shows:
•
IP address of each trap manager
•
Port number on the connected work station
•
Row status
•
Read trap flag stats
•
Next trap sequence number
Of these elements, the IP address and port number result from addtrapmgr.
Syntax
dsptrapmgr
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > dsptrapmgr
node19.8.PXM.a > dsptrapmgr
ipAddress
PortNum RowStatus
--------------- ------- ---------171.71.55.21
2500
Add
172.29.65.87
2500
Add
172.71.59.21
2500
Add
LastTrapSeqNum:
NumOfValidEntries:
ReadTrapFlag
-----------Off
Off
Off
NextTrapSeqNum
-------------0
348
0
385
3
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-94
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspusers
dspusers
Display Users
Enter the dspusers command to view the user IDs that were added to the PXM configuration. The screen
shows the user name, highest privilege level, and displays the number of those levels above
user-privilege.
Syntax
dspusers [-u -userid]
Syntax Description
user id
User ID. Principle string length of 1 through 12.
Example
wilco.1.1.PXM.a > dspusers
UserId
AccessLevel
------------------------cisco
CISCO_GP
service
SERVICE_GP
superuser
SUPER_GP
raoul
GROUP3
duke
GROUP1
wilco.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-95
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
dspversion
dspversion
Display Version Information
Enter the dspversion command to view version information about the selected card.
Syntax
dspversion
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > dspversion
Image Type
---------Runtime
Boot
Shelf Type
---------MGX
MGX
Card Type
---------PXM1
PXM1
Version
-----------1.0(0)
1.0(39)B1
Built On
-----------May 17 2000, 19:36:59
-
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-96
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
exit
exit
Exit
Enter the exit command to exit the current CLI shell.
Syntax
exit
Example
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > exit
(session ended)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-97
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
Help
Help
Help
Enter the Help command to view commands associated with the current card. The Help command also
takes arguments and filters the commands based on the argument string.
Syntax
Help
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > Help
Available commands
-----------------?
abortofflinediag
abortrev
addaddr
addapsln
addchan
addcon
addfltset
addlmiloop
addmaster
addpnni-node
addpnni-summary-addr
addpnport
addprfx
addred
addserialif
addslave
addtrapmgr
adduser
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-98
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
ipifconfig
ipifconfig
IP Interface Configuration
Enter the ipifconfig command to set IP address information for a specified IP interface on the PXM.
Syntax
ipifconfig <interface> [<ip_address>] [up | down] [netmask Mask] [broadcast <broad_addr>]
[arp | noarp] [svc|nosvc] [pvc | nopvc] [default | nodefault] [clrstats]
Syntax Description
interface
ip_address
Interface type, as associated with one of the following entries:
•
atm0
•
lnpci0
•
sl0
IP address of the interface.
This setting is mandatory if the interface has never been configured.
up | down
Sets interface status as either active (up) or deactive (down).
Mask
Network mask value for the interface. Net_mask is decided by the type of IP
address entered.
Note
The mask value should be identical to the net_mask value. When set
to different values, netmask becomes a sub_netmask by default. Do
not set netmask unless you want to build a complicated SNMP
network by using a subnet.
broad_addr
Broadcast address for the interface.
arp | noarp
Enable (arp) or disable (noarp) ARP on the interface.
Default = enabled if the interface supports ARP.
svc | nosvc
Enable (svc) or disable (nosvc) SVC on the interface.
Default = enabled if the interface supports SVC.
pvc | nopvc
Enable (pvc) or disable (nopvc) PVC on the interface.
Default = disabled
default | nodefault
Set this interface as either the default route or disable default route on this
interface.
clrstats
Remove all interface and SVC/PVC statistics for this interface.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > ipifconfig atm0 10.1.2.95
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-99
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
ifShow
ifShow
Interface Show
Enter the ifShow command to view the contents of all the currently configured interfaces.
Syntax
ifShow
Example
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > ifShow
lnPci (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x63) UP BROADCAST ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 172.29.23.149
Broadcast address: 172.29.23.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:c0:43:00:2d:c7
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
599468 packets received; 34476 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions
lo (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x69) UP LOOPBACK ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 4096
4 packets received; 4 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions
sl (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x71) UP POINT-TO-POINT ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 0.0.0.0
Destination Internet address: 0.0.0.0
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 576
0 packets received; 0 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions
atm (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x43) UP BROADCAST TRAILERS ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 172.1.1.149
Broadcast address: 172.1.1.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:00:00:00:00:00
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 packets received; 47272 packets sent
0 input errors; 47272 output errors
0 collisions
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-100
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
loadrev
loadrev
Load Revisions
Enter the loadrev command to load revisions on the specified slot.
Syntax
loadrev <slot><revision>
slot
Slot number of the card for which the version will be set.
revision
Revision number. For example, 1.0(11.1).
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > loadrev 1 1.0(10)
one or more card(s) in logical slot will be reset.
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? n
(command not executed)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-101
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
logout
logout
Logout
Enter the logout command to exit the current CLI shell.
Syntax
logout
Example
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > logout
(session ended)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-102
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
memShow
memShow
Memory Map Show
Enter the memShow command to view the current memory map.
Syntax
memShow
Example
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > memShow
status
bytes
------ --------current
free
2967104
alloc
2561600
cumulative
alloc
241511616
blocks
avg block max block
-------- ---------- ---------37
1774
80192
1443
1019558
236
2879008
-
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-103
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
rename
rename
Rename
Enter the rename command to change a file name.
Syntax
rename <old file name> <new file name>]
Syntax Description
old file name
The name of the file you want to change.
new file name
The new name of the file.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > rename oldfile newfile
spirita.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-104
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
resetcd
resetcd
Reset Card
Enter the resetcd command to reset the selected PXM, and to gracefully terminate all current
applications on the card.
Syntax
resetcd <slot number> [-f]
Syntax Description
slot number
Slot number of the installed PXM, either 1 or 2.
-f
Clears the fail state on the slot.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > resetcd
The card in slot number 1, will be reset. Please confirm action
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? n
(command not executed)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-105
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
resetsys
resetsys
Reset System
Enter the resetsys command to reset the SES shelf.
Syntax
resetsys
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > resetsys
This command resets the entire shelf, a destructive command.
Please confirm now!
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
Syncing ... C:
Syncing ... D:
Syncing ... E:
Syncing ... F:
Warning: firmware reset on active PXM card by cisco@console
(session ended)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-106
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
restoreallcnf
restoreallcnf
Restore All Configuration
Enter the restoreallcnf command to restore all configuration files saved in the CNF directory on the
harddrive.
Syntax
restoreallcnf <-f filename> [-v]
Syntax Description
filename
Zip file for configuration.
-v
(Optional). Prints out the files restored.
Default = not
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > restoreallcnf
Usage :restoreallcnf -f FILENAME [-v]
-f:FILENAME is the zip file for configuration
option -v:print out the files restored ( default:not )
spirita.1.PXM.a > restoreallcnf -f Unknown_01_200009270622
The current configuration will be replaced with the contents
of the specified file and the shelf will be rebooted.
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-107
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
routeShow
routeShow
Route Show
Enter the routeShow command to view the current IP routing of the network layer of the operating
system.
Syntax
routeShow
Example
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > routeShow
ROUTE NET TABLE
destination
gateway
flags Refcnt Use
Interface
-----------------------------------------------------------------------0.0.0.0
172.29.23.149
1
1
21778
lnPci0
0.0.0.0
172.29.23.1
3
0
2755
lnPci0
172.1.1.0
172.1.1.149
1
0
0
atm0
172.29.23.0
172.29.23.149
1
2
5275
lnPci0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------ROUTE HOST TABLE
destination
gateway
flags Refcnt Use
Interface
-----------------------------------------------------------------------0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
5
0
0
sl0
127.0.0.1
127.0.0.1
5
1
0
lo0
172.29.23.3
172.1.1.149
5
0
3555
atm0
172.29.23.5
172.1.1.149
5
0
3304
atm0
172.29.23.7
172.1.1.149
5
0
3335
atm0
171.71.29.18
172.1.1.149
5
0
3304
atm0
172.29.23.18
172.1.1.149
5
0
3304
atm0
172.29.23.28
172.1.1.149
5
0
6127
atm0
172.29.23.29
172.1.1.149
5
1
6065
atm0
171.71.29.32
172.1.1.149
5
0
5842
atm0
171.71.29.44
172.1.1.149
5
0
3304
atm0
172.29.23.53
172.1.1.149
5
0
3304
atm0
171.71.29.59
172.1.1.149
5
0
3304
atm0
171.71.28.126
172.1.1.149
5
0
3309
atm0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------spirit4.1.2.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-108
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
routestatShow
routestatShow
Routing Statistics Show
Enter the routestatShow command to view the current IP routing statistics for the network layer of the
operating system.
Syntax
routestatShow
Example
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > routestatShow
routing:
0 bad routing
0 dynamically
0 new gateway
0 destination
11095 uses of
redirect
created route
due to redirects
found unreachable
a wildcard route
spirit4.1.2.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-109
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
runrev
runrev
Run Revision
Enter the runrev command to run revisions on the specified slot.
Syntax
runrev <slot><revision>
Syntax Description
slot
Slot number of the card for which the version will be set.
revision
Revision number. For example, 1.0 (11.1).
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > runrev 1 1.0(10)
one or more card(s) in logical slot will be reset.
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? n
(command not executed)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-110
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
saveallcnf
saveallcnf
Save All Configurations
Enter the saveallcnf command to save all the configuration files to the CNF directory on the harddrive.
The saveallcnf command can be time-consuming. The shelf must not provision new circuits while this
command is running.
Warning
Do not run this command unless the shelf configuration is stable. You risk corrupting the saved
configuration file.
Syntax
saveallcnf
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > saveallcnf
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
saveallcnf:shelf configuration saved in C:/CNF/Unknown_01_200009270622.zip.
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-111
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
sesntimeout
sesntimeout
SES Number (seconds until) Timeout
Enter the sesntimeout command to specify the number of seconds of idle time for the current
user-session. If you do not specify a timeout period, the system displays the current timeout. At the end
of the session, the system logs you out.
To disable the session timeout function, specify 0 seconds.
Syntax
sesntimeout [time_out]
Syntax Description
time_out
Number of idle seconds allowed before the session times out.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > sesntimeout 300
The timeout period for this session is now set to 300 second(s)
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-112
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
setrev
setrev
Set Revisions
Enter the setrev command to set the primary and secondary revisions of the slot specified.
Syntax
setrev <slot><primaryversion><secondaryversion>
Syntax Description
Note
slot
Slot number of the card for which the version will be set.
primaryversion
Primary version number to which the card will be set.
secondaryversion
Secondary version number to which the card will be set
Use the revision number for both the primary and secondary versions to start a new version.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > setrev 1 1.0(0)
one or more card(s) in logical slot 1 will be reset.
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? n
(command not executed)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-113
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
shellcon
shellcon
Shell Connection
Use the shellcon command to enter the shell CLI.
Syntax
shellcon
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > shellcon
pxm1>
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-114
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
showSyserr
showSyserr
Show System Error
Show whether the showSyserr feature is on or off.
Syntax
showsyserr [on | off]
Syntax Description
on | off
Enable/disables the showSyserr feature. Enter on to enable the showSyserr feature.
Enter off to disable showSyserr feature.
Example
Display whether showSyserr is on or off:
spirita.1.PXM.a > showSyserr
Value of showSyserr is currently ON
Enable the showSyserr feature:
spirita.1.PXM.a > showSyserr on
Value of showSyserr is now turned ON
Disable the showSyserr feature:
spirita.1.PXM.a > showSyserr off
Value of showSyserr is now turned OFF
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-115
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
switchapsln
switchapsln
Switch APS Line
Enter the switchapsln command to control APS switching actions. This function applies to OC-3 lines.
Syntax
switchapsln <line number> <operation> or switchapsln <slot>
Syntax Description
line number
OC-3 line number on which to apply APS. Enter the value 1.
operation
Alpha character to set type of APS switch functionality to use on the PXM line.
slot
•
c = clear
•
f = forced
•
m = manual
•
l = lock-out
Slot number of the card on which to apply APS.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > switchapsln 1 f
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-116
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
switchcc
switchcc
Switch Card Control
Enter the switchcc command to reverse the roles of the active and the standby PXM. The PXM
previously designated as the active PXM becomes the standby; the PXM previously designated as the
standby becomes the active PXM.
Syntax
switchcc
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > switchcc
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)?
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-117
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
switchredcd
switchredcd
Switch Redundancy Card
Switches operation from the active redundant card to standby redundant card.
Syntax
switchredcd <fromSlot> <toSlot>
Syntax Description
fromSlot
The currently active redundant card.
toSlot
The current standby redundant card, which is being switched to active.
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > switchredcd 1 2
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-118
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
syserr
syserr
Show System Errors
Displays a list of all system errors.
Syntax
syserr [on | off]
Syntax Description
on | off
Enable/disables the showSyerr feature. Enter on to turn the syserr feature on. Enter
off to turn the showSyserr feature off.
Example
Display whether showSyserr is enabled or disabled:
spirita.1.PXM.a > syserr
Value of showSyserr is currently OFF
Enable the showSyserr feature:
spirita.1.PXM.a > syserr on
Value of showSyserr is now turned ON
Disable the showSyserr feature:
spirita.1.PXM.a > syserr off
Value of showSyserr is now turned OFF
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-119
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
timeout
timeout
Timeout
Enter the timeout command to display or change the maximum time a user can be idle before the system
terminates that user’s session. The units of measure are seconds. To change the timeout period, type a
number that is less than or equal to 600 after the timeout command.
Syntax
timeout [timeout_period]
Syntax Description
timeout_period
Number of seconds for the new timeout period. The maximum is 600.
If you do not enter a timeout_period, the system displays the current
timeout period. To disable the session timeout function, enter 0.
Example
spirit11.1.1.PXM.a > timeout 0
The timeout period for this session is now set to 0 second(s)
espses3.2.PXM.a > timeout 40000
The timeout period for this session is now set to 40000 second(s)
espses3.2.PXM.a > timeout 22
The timeout period for this session is now set to 22 second(s)
espses3.2.PXM.a > timeout 5
Err:input timed out
(session ended)
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-120
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
users
users
Users
The users command shows the:
Note
•
Access method and port (telnet session to the PXM-45, for example)
•
Current card slot
•
Idle time for the user session (can depend on the sesntimeout command)
•
User-name (the login name)
•
Point from which the user gained access (for example, an IP address in the case of a telnet session
or the word “console” if the user logged in through a local terminal at the console port)
The users command shows the current user sessions, whereas the dspusers command shows the
names of all the user accounts on the switch whether or not a corresponding user has logged in.
Syntax
users
Example
spirita.1.PXM.a > users
Port
Slot
Idle
UserId
From
------------------------------------------------------------telnet.01 *
1
0:00:00
cisco
171.71.29.231
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-121
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
who
who
Who
Enter the who command to view details associated with user IDs currently active on the PXM.
Syntax
who
Example
spirit.1.1.PXM.a > who
Port
Slot
Idle
UserId
From
------------------------------------------------------------telnet.01 *
7
0:00:00
cisco
171.71.25.240
spirit.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-122
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
whoami
whoami
Who Am I
Enter the whoami command to view the current login ID, access level and associated terminal port.
Syntax
whoami
Example
spirit.1.1.PXM.a > whoami
User ID:
Access Level:
Terminal Port:
cisco
CISCO_GP
telnet.01
spirit.1.1.PXM.a >
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002
2-123
Chapter 2
Shelf Operations Commands
whoami
Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference
2-124
Release 1.1, Part Number 78-13541-01 Rev. C0, January 2002